[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2011090492A1 - Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type i receptor (igf-1r) - Google Patents

Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type i receptor (igf-1r) Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011090492A1
WO2011090492A1 PCT/US2010/027155 US2010027155W WO2011090492A1 WO 2011090492 A1 WO2011090492 A1 WO 2011090492A1 US 2010027155 W US2010027155 W US 2010027155W WO 2011090492 A1 WO2011090492 A1 WO 2011090492A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
igf
antibody
seq
fragment
cancer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2010/027155
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Chien-Hsing Chang
Michele J. Losman
David M. Goldenberg
Original Assignee
Immunomedics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Immunomedics, Inc. filed Critical Immunomedics, Inc.
Priority to EP10844115.5A priority Critical patent/EP2525820B1/en
Priority to CA2787074A priority patent/CA2787074A1/en
Priority to AU2010343304A priority patent/AU2010343304B2/en
Priority to IN5101DEN2012 priority patent/IN2012DN05101A/en
Priority to CN201080061420.0A priority patent/CN102725000B/en
Priority to JP2012549978A priority patent/JP5786204B2/en
Publication of WO2011090492A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011090492A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2863Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04Organic compounds
    • A61K51/08Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
    • A61K51/10Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody
    • A61K51/1027Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody against receptors, cell-surface antigens or cell-surface determinants
    • A61K51/103Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody against receptors, cell-surface antigens or cell-surface determinants against receptors for growth factors or receptors for growth regulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04Organic compounds
    • A61K51/08Peptides, e.g. proteins, carriers being peptides, polyamino acids, proteins
    • A61K51/10Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody
    • A61K51/1045Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody against animal or human tumor cells or tumor cell determinants
    • A61K51/1057Antibodies or immunoglobulins; Fragments thereof, the carrier being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. a camelised human single domain antibody or the Fc fragment of an antibody against animal or human tumor cells or tumor cell determinants the tumor cell being from liver or pancreas
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/35Valency
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C07K2317/53Hinge
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/55Fab or Fab'
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/77Internalization into the cell

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to antibodies and antigen-binding antibody fragments that bind to the insulin-like growth factor type I receptor (IGF-IR), but not to the insulin receptor (IR).
  • the anti-IGF- 1R antibody is not an agonist for IGF- IR.
  • the anti-IGF- IR antibody binds to an epitope of IGF-IR comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-IR, between amino acid residues 151 and 222.
  • the anti-IGF- IR antibody does not block binding of IGF-1 or IGF-2 to isolated IGF-IR, but effectively neutralizes the activation of IGF-IR by IGF-1 in situ in intact cells or tissues.
  • the mouse anti-IGF- 1R antibody designated as Rl , comprises the heavy chain variable region complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2
  • the anti-IGF- IR antibody is a humanized, chimeric or human Rl antibody, designated as hRl, comprising the CDR sequences recited above.
  • the anti-IGF-Rl antibody is a humanized antibody comprising the recited CDR sequences and human antibody constant and framework (FR) region sequences.
  • Such antibodies and fragments are of use for detection and/or therapy ot a wide variety of cancers where IGF-IR expression is important for cancer cell transformation, growth, survival, metastasis or resistance to other therapeutic agents, including but not limited to Wilms' tumor, Ewing sarcoma, neuroblastoma, neuroendocrine tumors, melanoma, glioblastomas, skin, breast, head-and-neck, colon, rectal, gastric, esophageal, ovarian, bladder, prostate, liver, renal, pancreatic and/or lung cancers, as well as lymphomas, leukemias, and myelomas.
  • other therapeutic agents including but not limited to Wilms' tumor, Ewing sarcoma, neuroblastoma, neuroendocrine tumors, melanoma, glioblastomas, skin, breast, head-and-neck, colon, rectal, gastric, esophageal, ovarian, bladder, prostate, liver, renal, pancreatic and
  • anti-IGF-lR antibodies and/or antibody fragments may be used in compositions and therapeutic methods either alone or in conjunction with other cytotoxic agents such as cancer chemotherapeutic agents, pro-apoptotic agents, radionuclides, EGFR inhibitors (e.g.
  • anti-angiogenesis agents e.g., anti- VEGF and anti-PlGF peptdes or antibodies
  • IGF-IR inhibitors such as tryphostins (e.g., AG1024, AG538), pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivatives (e.g., NVP- AEW541) or other anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antibodies against other tumor-associated antigens (TAA).
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibodies may be naked antibodies or may be conjugated to one or more therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents.
  • the antibodies may be murine, chimeric, humanized or human anti-IGF-lR antibodies.
  • Other embodiments may relate to multispecific antibodies, bispecific antibodies, antibody fusion proteins or fragments thereof comprising at least one anti-IGF-lR monoclonal antibody (MAb) or fragment thereof, in some cases in combination with a second, different antibody or fragment.
  • the antibodies, fragments or antibody fusion proteins may be administered alone, as a therapeutic immunoconjugate or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents, with other naked antibodies or other immunoconjugates.
  • Still other embodiments relate to DNA sequences encoding anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antibody fusion proteins, vectors and host cells containing the DNA sequences, and methods of making the anti-IGF-lR antibodies.
  • Further embodiments concern multivalent, multispecific and/or multifunctional constructs made by the dock-and-lock (DNL) technique that incorporate anti- IGF-IR antibodies, fusion proteins and/or fragments thereof.
  • DNL dock-and-lock
  • the insulin-like growth factor type I receptor (IGF-IR) is a member of the large class of tyrosine kinase receptors, which regulate a variety of intracellular pathways. IGF-IR binds IGF-l, a polypeptide hormone structurally similar to insulin (Laron, Mol Pathol. 2001, 54:311 -16). The IGF-1 receptor is homologous to the insulin receptor (IR), sharing about 70% overall sequence homology with IR (Riedemann and Macaulay, Endocrine-Related Cancer, 2006, 13:S33-43).
  • inhibitors developed against IGF-1R tend to show cross-reactivity with the insulin receptor, accounting for at least part of the toxicity profiles of such compounds (Miller and Yee, 2005, Cancer Res. 65: 10123-27; Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006).
  • the IGF system plays an important role in regulating cell proliferation
  • the IGF system comprises two receptors, insulin like growth factor receptor 1 (IGF-1R; CD221) and insulin like growth factor receptor 2 (IGF-2R; CD222); two ligands, insulin like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) and IGF-2; and several IGF binding proteins (IGFBP-1 to IGFBP-6).
  • IGFBP proteases e.g., caspases, metalloproteinases, prostate-specific antigen hydrolyze IGF bound IGFBP to release free IGFs, which then interact with IGF-1 R and IGF-2R.
  • IGF-1R comprises two extracellular a subunits (130-135 kD) and two membrane spanning ⁇ -subunits (95 kD) that contain the cytoplasmic tyrosine kinase domain.
  • IGF-1R like the insulin receptor (IR), differs from other receptor tyrosine kinase family members by having a covalent dimeric ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2) structure.
  • IGF-1R contains 84% sequence identity to IR in the kinase domain, while the membrane and C-terminal regions share 61% and 44% sequence identity, respectively (Ulrich et al, EMBO J., 1986, 5:2503-12; Blakesley et al., Cytokine Growth Factor Rev., 1996. 7: 153-56).
  • IGF- 1 and IGF-2 are activating ligands of IGF- 1 R. Binding of IGF- 1 and IGF-2 to the a-chain induces conformational changes that result in autophosphorylation of each ⁇ - chain at specific tyrosine residues, converting the receptor from the unphosphorylated inactive state to the phosphorylated active state.
  • the activation of three tyrosine residues in the activation loop (Tyr residues at 1 131, 1 135 and 1 136) of the kinase domain leads to an increase in catalytic activity that triggers docking and phosphorylation of substrates such as IRS-1 and She adaptor proteins.
  • Activation of these substrates leads to phosphorylation of additional proteins involved in the signaling cascade of survival (PI3 , AKT, TOR, S6) and/or proliferation (mitogen-activated protein kinase, p42/p44) (Pollak et al., Nature
  • IGF-1R has anti-apoptotic effects in both normal and cancer cells (Resnicoff et al., 1995, Cancer Res. 55:2463-69; Kang et al, Am J Physiol Renal Physiol, 2003, 285:F1013- 24; Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006). IGF-1R activation has been reported to be significant in the development of resistance to a variety of cytotoxic agents, such as chemotherapeutic agents, radionuclides and EGFR inhibitors (Jones et al., Endocr Relat Cancer 2004, 1 1 :793- 814; Warshamana-Greene et al., 2005, Clin. Cancer Res.
  • IGF-1R is overexpressed in a wide range of tumor lines, such as melanoma, neuroblastoma, colon cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, breast cancer and pancreatic cancer (Ellis et al, 1998, Breast Cancer Treat. 52: 175-84; van Golen et al., 2000, Cell Death Differ. 7:654-65; Zhang et al, 2001, Breast Cancer Res. 2: 170-75; Jones et al, 2004; Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006).
  • a functional IGF-1R is required for transformation and promotes cancer cell growth, survival and metastasis (Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006).
  • IGF-1R inhibitors for use as anti-cancer agents, such as tyrphostins, pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivatives, nordihydroguaiaretic acid analogs, diaryureas, AG538, AG1024, NVP-AEW541, NVP-ADW742, BMS-5326924, BMS-554417, OSI-906, INSM-18, luteolin, simvastatin, silibinin, black tea polyphenols, picropodophyllin, anti-IGF-lR antibodies and siRNA inhibitors (Arteaga et al., 1998, J Clin Invest.
  • the present invention provides compositions and methods of use of anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibodies bind to IGF- 1R but not to IR.
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibodies are not agonists of IGF-IR.
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibodies bind to an epitope of IGF-IR comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-IR, between amino acid residues 151 and 222 of the human IGF-IR sequence. (See, e.g., Adams et al., Cell Mol Life Sci 57: 1050-93, 2000; NCBI Accession No. AAB22215).
  • Residues 151-222 consists of the N-terminal half of the cysteine-rich domain (residues 151-300).
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibody is a murine, chimeric, humanized or human antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof comprising the heavy chain CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 ( ASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
  • CDR1 DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l
  • CDR2 YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2
  • CDR3 QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3
  • the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 ASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4
  • CDR2 WASTRHT,
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibody is a chimeric, humanized or human antibody that binds to the same epitope and/or that blocks binding to IGF-IR of a murine Rl antibody comprising the heavy chain CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibody may be a naked antibody or may be an immunoconjugate attached to at least one therapeutic agent and/or at least one diagnostic agent.
  • Various embodiments may concern multispecific antibodies, bispecific antibodies or antibody fusion proteins comprising at least one anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof or a first anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof and a second MAb.
  • Other embodiments may concern pharmaceutical compositions for or methods of use of a first anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof and a second MAb for therapy of cancer.
  • the second MAb may bind to a tumor-associated antigen (TAA), or a hapten, for example on a targetable construct.
  • TAA tumor-associated antigen
  • TAA tumor-associated antigens
  • any such known TAA may targeted by a second MAb, including but not limited to carbonic anhydrase IX, CCCL19, CCCL21, CSAp, CD1, CDla, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD5, CD8, CD1 1A, CD14, CD15, CD16, CD18, CD19, IGF-1R, CD20, CD21, CD22, CD23, CD25, CD29, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD55, CD59, CD64, CD66a-e, CD67, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD83, CD95, CD126, CD133, CD138, CD147, CD154, AFP, PSMA, CEACAM5, CEACAM-6, B7, ED-B of fibronectin, Factor H, FHL-1, Flt-3, folate receptor, GROB, HMGB-1
  • the second MAb may be selected from any of a wide variety of anti-cancer antibodies known in the art, including but not limited to hPAM4 (U.S. Patent No. 7,282,567), hA20 (U.S. Patent No. 7,251 ,164), hA19 (U.S. Patent No. 7,109,304), WMMU31 (U.S. Patent No. 7,300,655), hLLl (U.S. Patent No. 7,312,318, ), hLL2 (U.S. Patent No. 7,074,403), hMu-9 (U.S. Patent No. 7,387,773), hL243 (U.S. Patent No. 7,612,180), hMN-14 (U.S.
  • hPAM4 U.S. Patent No. 7,282,567
  • hA20 U.S. Patent No. 7,251 ,164
  • hA19 U.S. Patent No. 7,109,304
  • WMMU31 U.S. Patent No
  • Patent No. 6,676,924 hMN-15 (U.S. Patent No. 7,541,440), hRl (U.S. Provisional Patent Application 61/145,896), hRS7 (U.S. Patent No. 7,238,785), hMN-3 (U.S. Patent No. 7,541,440), AB- PG1-XG1-026 (U.S. Patent Application 1 1/983,372, deposited as ATCC PTA-4405 and PTA-4406) and D2/B (WO 2009/130575) the text of each recited patent or application is incorporated herein by reference with respect to the Figures and Examples sections.
  • the second MAb may also be selected from any anti-hapten antibody known in the art, including but not limited to h679 (U.S. Patent No. 7,429,381) and 734 (U.S. Patent No. 7,405,320) or h734, the text of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a second, different anti-IGF-lR antibody may be used, such as any of the anti-IGF-lR antibodies in clinical development (see, e.g., Ryan and Goss, The Oncologist, 2008, 13:16- 24).
  • kits may concern therapeutic or diagnostic conjugates of anti-IGF-lR MAbs or fragments thereof or antibody fusion proteins, bound to at least one therapeutic agent or at least one diagnostic agent.
  • Antibodies and fusion proteins with multiple therapeutic agents of the same or different type are also encompassed.
  • the antibodies, fragments or fusion proteins may be used in therapeutic or diagnostic pre-targeting methods, for example using bispecific antibodies with one arm that binds specifically to a tumor-associated antigen and a second arm that binds to a targetable construct attached to one or more diagnostic or therapeutic agents.
  • Methods of pre-targeting with bispecific antibodies are well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,300,644; 7,138,103; 7,074,405; 7,052,872; 6,962,702; 6,458,933, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • Various embodiments concern methods of using the anti-IGF-lR MAbs or fragments thereof or antibody fusion proteins for therapy or diagnosis, either alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • the anti-IGF-lR MAb may be used as a naked antibody or as an immunoconjugate attached to one or more therapeutic agents and/or diagnostic agents. Either naked anti-IGF-lR MAbs or immunoconjugates may be used in combination therapies administered before, simultaneously with or after one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • any therapeutic agent known in the art may be utilized in combination with or attached to an anti-IGF-lR MAb, including but not limited to radionuclides, immunomodulators, anti-angiogenic agents, cytokines, chemokines, growth factors, hormones, drugs, prodrugs, enzymes, oligonucleotides, siRNAs, pro-apoptotic agents, photoactive therapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents, toxins, other antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof.
  • radionuclides including but not limited to radionuclides, immunomodulators, anti-angiogenic agents, cytokines, chemokines, growth factors, hormones, drugs, prodrugs, enzymes, oligonucleotides, siRNAs, pro-apoptotic agents, photoactive therapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents, toxins, other antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof.
  • the other therapeutic agent may be an EGFR inhibitor (e.g., erlotinib or anti-EGFR antibody, such as erbitux) and/or other IGF-1R inhibitors such as tryphostins (e.g., AG1024, AG538), pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivatives (e.g., NVP-AEW541) or other anti-IGF-lR antibodies.
  • EGFR inhibitor e.g., erlotinib or anti-EGFR antibody, such as erbitux
  • IGF-1R inhibitors such as tryphostins (e.g., AG1024, AG538), pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivatives (e.g., NVP-AEW541) or other anti-IGF-lR antibodies.
  • Any cancer or diseased cell that expresses IGF-1R may be treated and/or diagnosed with the anti-IGF-lR antibodies, including but not limited to Wilms' tumor, Ewing sarcoma, neuroendocrine tumors, glioblastomas, neuroblastoma, melanoma, skin, breast, colon, rectum, prostate, liver, renal, pancreatic and/or lung cancer, as well as lymphomas, leukemias, and myelomas.
  • cancers include but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, biliary cancer, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, medullary thyroid carcinoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, ovarian cancer, glioma and urinary bladder cancer.
  • Certain embodiments may comprise the therapeutic and/or diagnostic use of chimeric, humanized or human Rl antibodies comprising the heavy chain CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID N0:6).
  • chimeric antibodies are preferred because they do not elicit as strong a human anti-mouse antibody (HAMA) response as murine antibodies.
  • HAMA human anti-mouse antibody
  • humanized antibodies is even more preferred, in order to further reduce the possibility of inducing a HAMA reaction.
  • techniques for humanization of murine antibodies by replacing murine framework and constant region sequences with corresponding human antibody framework and constant region sequences are well known in the art and have been applied to numerous murine anti-cancer antibodies.
  • Antibody humanization may also involve the substitution of one or more human framework amino acid residues with the corresponding residues from the parent murine framework region sequences.
  • Still other embodiments relate to DNA sequences encoding anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antibody fusion proteins, vectors and host cells containing the DNA sequences, and methods of making the anti-IGF-lR antibodies.
  • the DNA sequences may comprise sequences coding for the hRl VH (SEQ ID NO:9) and hRl VK (SEQ ID NO: 10) variable region amino acid sequences.
  • Further embodiments concern multivalent, multispecific and/or multifunctional constructs made by the dock-and-lock (DNL) technique that incorporate anti-IGF-lR antibodies, fusion proteins and/or fragments thereof.
  • DNL dock-and-lock
  • compositions and methods for production and use of DNL constructs have been reported (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,521,056; 7,550,143; 7,534,866; 7,527,787 and U.S. Patent Application Serial. Nos. 1 1/925,408, filed October 26, 2007, and 12/418,877, filed April 6, 2009; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • FIG. 1 Schematic diagram of plasmid cRlpdHL2.
  • FIG. 2 Binding specificity of chimeric Rl (cRl) antibodies to immobilized recombinant human IGF-1R and recombinant human IR.
  • the cRl was obtained from two different clones - 709.2D2 and 710.2G2.
  • the cRl antibodies bind to human IGF-1R but not to the human insulin receptor (IR).
  • FIG. 3 Binding affinity of cRl to immobilized recombinant human IGF-1R.
  • FIG. 4 Competitive binding of murine Rl (ML04R1) and chimeric Rl (cRl) antibodies to immobilized recombinant human IGF-1R.
  • FIG. 5. Comparison of binding of humanized Rl (hRl), chimeric Rl (cRl) and murine Rl (ML04R1) antibodies to immobilized recombinant human IF-1R.
  • FIG. 6 Chimeric Rl (cRl) does not block binding of IGF-1 or IGF-2 to immobilized recombinant human IGF-IR. 125 I-labeled IGF-1 or IGF-2 was incubated with unlabeled IGF- 1 , IGF-2 or cRl .
  • FIG. 7 Humanized Rl (hRl ) and murine Rl do not block binding of IGF- 1 to immobilized recombinant human IGF-IR. I-labeled IGF-1 was incubated with unlabeled IGF-1, MAb391 , hRl or Rl .
  • FIG. 8 Binding of Rl antibody is not competitive with MAB391. Binding of fluorescently labeled Rl antibody (A) or MAB391 (B) to immobilized rhIGF-lR was determined in the presence of competing murine Rl antibody (ML04R1), MAB391, or control non-specific antibody hA20, which binds to CD20. The Rl antibody did not compete for binding to IGF-IR with MAB391.
  • FIG. 9 Humanized Rl is not an agonist of the IGF-IR receptor. Unlike IGF-1, hRl did not stimulate the proliferation of MCF-7 cells in serum-free medium.
  • FIG. 10 IGF-IR expression in cell lines determined by Guava Express analysis using Zenon-labeled antibodies. Expression of IGF-IR was confirmed by the binding of hRl to MCF-7 (breast cancer), CaPanl (pancreatic cancer), and DU-145 (prostate cancer).
  • FIG. 11 Binding of DNL constructs comprising the hRl antibody or Fab fragments thereof to cell lines expressing IGF-IR.
  • Hep G2 liver cancer cells were incubated with the DNL constructs TF-18 (humanized anti-AFP), 1R-31 (humanized anti -AFP/humanized anti- IGF-1R), 1R-15 (humanized anti-IGF-lR/humanized anti-CEACAM6), 31-1R (humanized anti-AFP IgG and hRl-IgG-AD2).
  • FIG. 12 Binding of DNL constructs to MCF-7 cells (A), DU-145 cells (B) or ME- 180 cells (C), determined on FACScan with DNL constructs or intact antibodies.
  • Hex refers to hexavalent DNL constructs.
  • hRS7 is a humanized anti-EGP-1 antibody.
  • FIG. 13 Effect of DNL constructs on neutralizing the growth stimulating activity of IGF-1 in DU-145 (A) and ME- 180 (B, C) cells expressing both IGF-IR and EGP-1.
  • the Hex-hRl construct comprising anti-IGF-lR, suppressed proliferation of DU-145 (A) and ME-180 (B).
  • the 1R-E1 construct comprising anti-IGF-lR and anti-EGP-1 , suppressed proliferation of ME-180 (C).
  • FIG. 14 Down-regulation of IGF-IR in MCF-7 and HT-29 cells treated with hRl, MAB391 and 24-60 antibodies but not hLL2 control antibody.
  • FIG. 15. Down-regulation of IGF- 1 R in (A) MCF-7 and DU- 145 cells treated with Hex-hRl ; (B) MCF-7, DU-145 and LNCaP cells treated with Hex-hRl and 1R-E1 DNL constructs.
  • FIG. 16 Hex-hRl blocks IGF-1 activation of ERK1/2 phosphorylation in MCF-7 cells.
  • Hex-hRl and control DNL construct Hex-hRS7 were added at 10 nM to cells treated with 100 ng/ml IGF-1.
  • the indicated concentrations of DNL construct 1R-E1 , El -Rl , hRl and control hRS7 antibodies were added to cells treated with 100 nM IGF-1
  • FIG. 18 Hex-hRl blocks IGF- 1 activation of the phosphorylation of IGF- 1 R, Akt and ERK1/2 in MCF-7 cells.
  • the indicated concentrations of DNL construct Hex-hRl , control Hex-hRS7 or hRl antibody were added to cells treated with 100 ng/ml IGF-1.
  • FIG. 19 Bispecific hexavalent constructs 1R-E1 or El -IR inhibit phosphorylation of
  • IGF-1R IGF-1R
  • Akt Akt
  • ERK1/2 IGF-1R
  • FIG. 20 Hex-hRl inhibits phosphorylation of IGF-1R, Akt and ERK1/2 in DU-145 cells stimulated with 100 ng/ml IGF-1.
  • An antibody refers to a full-length (i.e., naturally occurring or formed by normal immunoglobulin gene fragment recombinatorial processes) immunoglobulin molecule (e.g. , an IgG antibody) or an immunologically active, antigen-binding portion of an immunoglobulin molecule
  • immunoglobulin molecule like an antibody fragment.
  • An antibody fragment is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab') 2 , F(ab) 2 , Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, an anti-IGF-lR monoclonal antibody fragment binds to IGF-1R.
  • antibody fragment also includes isolated fragments consisting of the variable regions, such as the "Fv” fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains and recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins")- As used herein, the term “antibody fragment” does not include portions of antibodies without antigen binding activity, such as Fc fragments or single amino acid residues.
  • a naked antibody or naked antibody fragment refers to an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof which is not conjugated to a therapeutic agent.
  • naked antibodies may include murine monoclonal antibodies, as well as recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric, humanized or human antibodies.
  • a therapeutic agent is a molecule or atom which is administered separately, concurrently or sequentially with an antibody moiety or conjugated to an antibody moiety, i.e., antibody or antibody fragment, and is useful in the treatment of a disease.
  • therapeutic agents include antibodies, antibody fragments, drugs, toxins, nucleases, hormones, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents, oligonucleotides (e.g. anti-sense oligonucleotides or RNAi) and radioisotopes.
  • a diagnostic agent is a detectable molecule or atom that may be conjugated to an antibody, antibody fragment, targetable construct or other moiety for delivery to a cell, tissue, pathogen or other target associated with a disease or medical condition.
  • useful diagnostic agents include, but are not limited to, radioisotopes, dyes, contrast agents, fluorescent compounds or molecules and enhancing agents (e.g. paramagnetic ions for magnetic resonance imaging).
  • a diagnostic agent may be an F-18 labeled moiety (e.g., U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 1 1/960,262; 12/1 12,289; PCT Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US08/62108; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.)
  • An immunoconj ugate is a conjugate of an antibody component with at least one therapeutic or diagnostic agent.
  • An antibody component may be conjugated with multiple therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents to form an immunoconj ugate.
  • antibody fusion protein may refer to a recombinantly produced antigen- binding molecule in which one or more of the same or different single-chain antibody or antibody fragment segments with the same or different specificities are linked. Valency of the fusion protein indicates how many binding arms or sites the fusion protein has to a single antigen or epitope; i.e., monovalent, bivalent, trivalent or multivalent. The multivalency of the antibody fusion protein means that it can take advantage of multiple interactions in binding to an antigen, thus increasing the avidity of binding to the antigen. Specificity indicates how many antigens or epitopes an antibody fusion protein is able to bind; i.e., monospecific, bispecific, trispecific, multispecific.
  • a natural antibody e.g., an IgG
  • the fusion protein may comprise a single antibody component, a multivalent or multispecific combination of different antibody components or multiple copies of the same antibody component.
  • the fusion protein may additionally comprise an antibody or an antibody fragment and a therapeutic agent. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators and toxins.
  • One preferred toxin comprises a ribonuclease (RNase), preferably a recombinant RNase.
  • RNase ribonuclease
  • a fusion protein may comprise an AD or DDD sequence for producing a DNL construct as discussed below.
  • a multispecific antibody is an antibody that can bind simultaneously to at least two targets that are of different structure, e.g. , two different antigens, two different epitopes on the same antigen, or a hapten and/or an antigen or epitope.
  • One specificity may be for a B- cell, T-cell, myeloid-, plasma- or mast-cell antigen or epitope.
  • Another specificity may be to a different antigen on the same cell type, such as IGF-IR, CD19, CD20, CD21, CD23, CD45, CD80, HLA-DR, CD74, MUC1, and CD22 on B-cells.
  • the second antigen is not limiting and other target antigens of use may be selected from the group consisting of carbonic anhydrase IX, CCCL19, CCCL21, CSAp, CD 1, CD la, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD5, CD8, CD1 1A, CD14, CD15, CD16, CD18, CD19, CD20, IGF-IR, CD21, CD22, CD23, CD25, CD29, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD55, CD59, CD64, CD66a-e, CD67, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD83, CD95, CD126, CD133, CD138, CD147, CD154, CEACAM5, CEACAM6, B7, ED-B fibronectin, Factor H, FHL-1 , Flt-3, folate receptor, GROB, HMGB-1, hypoxia inducible factor (HIF), HM1.2
  • Multispecific, multivalent antibodies are constructs that have more than one binding site, and the binding sites are of different specificity.
  • the present invention provides humanized, chimeric or human anti-IGF-lR antibodies, and antibody fusion proteins thereof, useful for treatment of mammalian subjects, humans and domestic animals, alone, as a conjugate or administered in combination with other therapeutic agents, including other naked antibodies and antibody therapeutic conjugates.
  • the anti-IGF-1 R antibody exhibits one or more functional characteristics selected from the group consisting of: (i) binds to IGF- 1R but not to IR; (ii) is not an agonist of IGF-IR; (iii) does not block binding of IGF- 1 or IGF-2 to isolated IGF-IR; (iv) effectively neutralizes the activation of IGF-IR by IGF-1 in intact cells or tissues; and (v) binds to an epitope of IGF-IR comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-IR, between amino acid residues 151 and 222 of the human IGF-IR sequence.
  • the anti-IGF-1 R MAbs or fragments thereof comprise the heavy chain variable region complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain variable region CDR sequences CDR1 (KAS QEVGTA V A, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
  • the anti- IGF-1 R antibody or fragment thereof is hRl .
  • the humanized anti-IGF- 1 R MAb or fragment thereof may comprise the CDRs of a murine anti-IGF- 1R MAb and the framework (FR) and constant regions of the light and heavy chain variable regions of one or more human antibodies, while retaining the IGF-IR targeting specificity of the parent murine anti-IGF- 1R MAb.
  • the humanized anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof may further comprise at least one amino acid from the corresponding FRs of the parent murine MAb.
  • the murine framework amino acid residues can be substituted in the human FR regions of the light and heavy variable chains if necessary to maintain proper binding or to enhance binding to the IGF-IR antigen. More preferably the humanized anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof comprises the amino acid sequences of hRl VH (SEQ ID NO:9) and hRl VK (SEQ ID NO: 10).
  • Chimeric anti-IGF- 1 R MAbs or fragments thereof may comprise the variable region sequences of a murine anti-IGF- 1R antibody, attached to human antibody constant region sequences.
  • the chimeric anti-IGF- 1R MAb comprises the heavy and light chain variable region sequences of murine Rl VH (SEQ ID NO:7) and Rl VK (SEQ ID NO:8).
  • Certain embodiments may concern an anti-IGF- 1 R MAb or fragment thereof that blocks binding to IGF-1R of a murine, chimeric, humanized or human antibody comprising the heavy chain complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3
  • antibody fusion proteins comprising at least one anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof, as described above.
  • the antibody fusion protein may comprise at least one first anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof and at least one second MAb or fragment thereof.
  • the second MAb binds to an antigen selected from the group consisting of B7, CD4, CD5, CD8 CD14, CD15, CD16, CD19, IGF-1R, CD20, CD21, CD22, CD23, CD25, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD55, CD59, CD66a-e, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD95, CD126, CD133, CD138, CD 154, CEACAM5, CEACAM6, PAM4 antigen, PSMA, AFP, EGP-1, EGP-2, MIF, ED-B fibronectin, IL-2, IL-6, IL-25, MUC1, MUC2, MUC3, MUC4, MUC5, NCA-90, NCA-95, la, HM1.24, HLA-DR, tenascin, T101, TAC, TRAIL-R1 , TRAIL-R2, VEG
  • the disclosed methods and compositions may involve production and use of antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof with one or more substituted amino acid residues.
  • methods for making monoclonal antibodies against virtually any target antigen are well known in the art. Typically, these result in production of murine antibodies against a target antigen.
  • the antigen-binding specificity of murine monoclonal antibodies is determined largely by the hypervariable complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences.
  • Murine antibodies generally comprise 6 CDR sequences, 3 on the antibody light chain and 3 on the heavy chain.
  • chimeric, humanized or human versions of murine antibodies may be constructed by techniques such as CDR grafting, where the murine CDR sequences are inserted into, for example, human antibody framework and constant region sequences, or by attaching the entire murine variable region sequences to human antibody constant region sequences.
  • the variable region sequences of an antibody may be constructed, for example, by chemical synthesis and assembly of oligonucleotides encoding the entire light and heavy chain variable regions of an antibody.
  • the structural, physical and/or therapeutic characteristics of native, chimeric, humanized or human antibodies may be optimized by replacing one or more amino acid residues.
  • the functionalities of native, chimeric, humanized or human antibodies may be optimized by replacing one or more amino acid residues.
  • the functionalities of native, chimeric, humanized or human antibodies may be optimized by replacing one or more amino acid residues.
  • FR human framework region
  • the therapeutic properties of an antibody such as binding affinity for the target antigen, the dissociation- or off-rate of the antibody from its target antigen, or even the effectiveness of induction of CDC (complement-dependent cytotoxicity) or ADCC (antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity) by the antibody, may be optimized by a limited number of amino acid substitutions. Such substitutions may even occur, for example, in the CDR portions of the antibody. However, amino acid substitution is not limited to the CDR or framework region sequences of antibodies and may also occur, for example, in the Fc portion of an antibody.
  • amino acid substitutions typically involve the replacement of an amino acid with another amino acid of relatively similar properties (i.e., conservative amino acid substitutions).
  • conservative amino acid substitutions The properties of the various amino acids and effect of amino acid substitution on protein structure and function have been the subject of extensive study and knowledge in the art.
  • the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982, J. Mol. Biol., 157: 105-132).
  • the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules.
  • Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of its hydrophobicity and charge characteristics (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982), these are: isoleucine (+4.5); valine (+4.2); leucine (+3.8); phenylalanine (+2.8); cysteine/cystine (+2.5); methionine (+1.9); alanine (+1.8); glycine (-0.4); threonine (- 0.7); serine (-0.8); tryptophan (-0.9); tyrosine (-1.3); proline (-1.6); histidine (-3.2); glutamate (-3.5); glutamine (-3.5); aspartate (-3.5); asparagine (-3.5); lysine (-3.9); and arginine (-4.5).
  • the use of amino acids whose hydropathic indices are within ⁇ 2 is preferred, within ⁇ 1 are more preferred, and within ⁇ 0.5 are even more preferred.
  • Amino acid substitution may also take into account the hydrophilicity of the amino acid residue (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,554,101). Hydrophilicity values have been assigned to amino acid residues: arginine (+3.0); lysine (+3.0); aspartate (+3.0); glutamate (+3.0); serine (+0.3); asparagine (+0.2); glutamine (+0.2); glycine (0); threonine (-0.4); proline (-0.5 .+-.1); alanine (-0.5); histidine (-0.5); cysteine (-1.0); methionine (-1.3); valine (-1.5); leucine (-1.8); isoleucine (-1.8); tyrosine (-2.3); phenylalanine (-2.5); tryptophan (-3.4). Replacement of amino acids with others of similar hydrophilicity is preferred.
  • amino acid side chain For example, it would generally not be preferred to replace an amino acid with a compact side chain, such as glycine or serine, with an amino acid with a bulky side chain, e.g., tryptophan, tyrosine.
  • a compact side chain such as glycine or serine
  • an amino acid with a bulky side chain e.g., tryptophan, tyrosine.
  • the effect of various amino acid residues on protein secondary structure is also a consideration. Through empirical study, the effect of different amino acid residues on the tendency of protein domains to adopt an alpha-helical, beta-sheet or reverse turn secondary structure has been determined and is known in the art (see, e.g., Chou & Fasman, 1974, Biochemistry, 13:222-245; 1978, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 47: 251-276; 1979, Biophys. J., 26:367-384).
  • arginine and lysine glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine.
  • amino acid substitutions include whether or not the residue is located in the interior of a protein or is solvent exposed. For CDR residues, the residue in the free antibody would normally be assumed to be solvent exposed. For interior residues, conservative substitutions would include: Asp and Asn; Ser and Thr; Ser and Ala; Thr and Ala; Ala and Gly; Ile and Val; Val and Leu; Leu and Ile; Leu and Met; Phe and Tyr; Tyr and Trp.
  • conservative substitutions would include: Asp and Asn; Asp and Glu; Glu and Gin; Glu and Ala; Gly and Asn; Ala and Pro; Ala and Gly; Ala and Ser; Ala and Lys; Ser and Thr; Lys and Arg; Val and Leu; Leu and He; He and Val; Phe and Tyr.
  • amino acid substitutions In determining amino acid substitutions, one may also consider the existence of intermolecular or intramolecular bonds, such as formation of ionic bonds (salt bridges) between positively charged residues (e.g., His, Arg, Lys) and negatively charged residues (e.g., Asp, Glu) or disulfide bonds between nearby cysteine residues.
  • ionic bonds salt bridges
  • positively charged residues e.g., His, Arg, Lys
  • negatively charged residues e.g., Asp, Glu
  • disulfide bonds between nearby cysteine residues.
  • monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an antigen, removing the spleen to obtain B- lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
  • MAbs can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A or Protein-G Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography. See, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3. Also, see Baines et al , "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG)," in METHODS IN
  • a chimeric antibody is a recombinant protein in which the variable regions of a human antibody have been replaced by the variable regions of, for example, a mouse antibody, including the complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) of the mouse antibody.
  • Chimeric antibodies exhibit decreased immunogenicity and increased stability when administered to a subject.
  • CDRs complementarity-determining regions
  • a chimeric or murine monoclonal antibody may be humanized by transferring the mouse CDRs from the heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into the
  • variable domains of a human antibody The mouse framework regions (FR) in the chimeric monoclonal antibody are also replaced with human FR sequences. As simply transferring mouse CDRs into human FRs often results in a reduction or even loss of antibody affinity, additional modification might be required in order to restore the original affinity of the murine antibody. This can be accomplished by the replacement of one or more human residues in the FR regions with their murine counterparts to obtain an antibody that possesses good binding affinity to its epitope. See, for example, Tempest et al, Biotechnology 9:266 (1991) and Verhoeyen et al, Science 239: 1534 (1988). Preferred residues for substitution include FR residues that are located within 1, 2, or 3 Angstroms of a CDR residue side chain, that are located adjacent to a CDR sequence, or that are predicted to interact with a CDR residue.
  • the phage display technique may be used to generate human antibodies (e.g., Dantas-Barbosa et al., 2005, Genet. Mol. Res. 4: 126-40).
  • Human antibodies may be generated from normal humans or from humans that exhibit a particular disease state, such as cancer (Dantas-Barbosa et al., 2005).
  • the advantage to constructing human antibodies from a diseased individual is that the circulating antibody repertoire may be biased towards antibodies against disease-associated antigens.
  • Fab fragment antigen binding protein
  • RNAs were converted to cDNAs and used to make Fab cDNA libraries using specific primers against the heavy and light chain immunoglobulin sequences (Marks et al., 1991 , J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-97).
  • Library construction was performed according to Andris-Widhopf et al. (2000, In: Phage Display Laboratory Manual, Barbas et al. (eds), 1 st edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY pp. 9.1 to 9.22).
  • Fab fragments were digested with restriction endonucleases and inserted into the bacteriophage genome to make the phage display library.
  • libraries may be screened by standard phage display methods, as known in the art.
  • Phage display can be performed in a variety of formats, for their review, see e.g. Johnson and Chiswell, Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:5564-571 (1993).
  • Human antibodies may also be generated by in vitro activated B-cells. See U.S. Patent Nos. 5,567,610 and 5,229,275, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The skilled artisan will realize that these techniques are exemplary and any known method for making and screening human antibodies or antibody fragments may be utilized.
  • transgenic animals that have been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies may be used to generate antibodies against essentially any immunogenic target, using standard immunization protocols. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are disclosed by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7: 13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:519 (1994).
  • a non-limiting example of such a system is the XenoMouse® ⁇ e.g., Green et al., 1999, J Immunol. Methods 231 : 1 1-23, incorporated herein by reference) from Abgenix (Fremont, CA).
  • the mouse antibody genes have been inactivated and replaced by functional human antibody genes, while the remainder of the mouse immune system remains intact.
  • the XenoMouse® was transformed with germline-configured YACs (yeast artificial chromosomes) that contained portions of the human IgH and Igkappa loci, including the majority of the variable region sequences, along with accessory genes and regulatory sequences.
  • the human variable region repertoire may be used to generate antibody producing B-cells, which may be processed into hybridomas by known techniques.
  • a XenoMouse® immunized with a target antigen will produce human antibodies by the normal immune response, which may be harvested and/or produced by standard techniques discussed above.
  • a variety of strains of XenoMouse® are available, each of which is capable of producing a different class of antibody.
  • Transgenically produced human antibodies have been shown to have therapeutic potential, while retaining the pharmacokinetic properties of normal human antibodies (Green et al., 1999).
  • the skilled artisan will realize that the claimed compositions and methods are not limited to use of the XenoMouse® system but may utilize any transgenic animal that has been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies.
  • Antibody fragments which recognize specific epitopes can be generated by known techniques.
  • the antibody fragments are antigen binding portions of an antibody, such as F(ab') 2, Fab', F(ab) 2 , Fab, Fv, sFv and the like.
  • F(ab') 2 fragments can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab' fragments can be generated by reducing disulfide bridges of the F(ab') 2 fragments.
  • Fab' expression libraries can be constructed (Huse et al , 1989, Science, 246: 1274-1281) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab ' fragments with the desired specificity.
  • a single chain Fv molecule comprises a VL domain and a VH domain.
  • the VL and VH domains associate to form a target binding site.
  • These two domains are further covalently linked by a peptide linker (L).
  • L peptide linker
  • An antibody fragment can be prepared by proteolytic hydrolysis of the full length antibody or by expression in E. coli or another host of the DNA coding for the fragment.
  • An antibody fragment can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of full length antibodies by conventional methods. For example, an enzymatic cleavage using papain produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment. These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,036,945 and 4,331 ,647 and references contained therein, which patents are incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. Also, see Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89: 230 (1960); Porter, Biochem. J. 73: 119 (1959), Edelman et al, in METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY VOL. 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
  • Bispecific antibodies are useful in a number of biomedical applications. For instance, a bispecific antibody with binding sites for a tumor cell surface antigen and for a T-cell surface receptor can direct the lysis of specific tumor cells by T cells. Bispecific antibodies recognizing gliomas and the CD3 epitope on T cells have been successfully used in treating brain tumors in human patients (Nitta, et al. Lancet. 1990; 355:368-371). Pre-targeting methods with bispecific antibodies comprising at least one binding site for a tumor-associated antigen or other disease target, as well as at one binding site for a targetable construct conjugated to therapeutic or diagnostic agents, are also well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,300,644; 7,138,103; 7,074,405; 7,052,872; 6,962,702; 6,458,933, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • Bispecific antibodies can be produced by the quadroma method, which involves the fusion of two different hybridomas, each producing a monoclonal antibody recognizing a different antigenic site (Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 1983; 305:537- 540).
  • bispecific antibodies Another method for producing bispecific antibodies uses heterobifunctional cross- linkers to chemically tether two different monoclonal antibodies (Staerz, et al. Nature. 1985; 314:628-631 ; Perez, et al. Nature. 1985; 316:354-356). Bispecific antibodies can also be produced by reduction of each of two parental monoclonal antibodies to the respective half molecules, which are then mixed and allowed to reoxidize to obtain the hybrid structure (Staerz and Bevan. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1986; 83: 1453-1457). Another alternative involves chemically cross-linking two or three separately purified Fab' fragments using appropriate linkers. (See, e.g.,
  • Other methods include improving the efficiency of generating hybrid hybridomas by gene transfer of distinct selectable markers via retro virus-derived shuttle vectors into respective parental hybridomas, which are fused subsequently (DeMonte, et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1990, 87:2941-2945); or transfection of a hybridoma cell line with expression plasmids containing the heavy and light chain genes of a different antibody.
  • Cognate VH and VL domains can be joined with a peptide linker of appropriate composition and length (usually consisting of more than 12 amino acid residues) to form a single-chain Fv (scFv) with binding activity.
  • a peptide linker of appropriate composition and length usually consisting of more than 12 amino acid residues
  • Methods of manufacturing scFvs are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,132,405, the Examples section of each incorporated herein by reference. Reduction of the peptide linker length to less than 12 amino acid residues prevents pairing of VH and VL domains on the same chain and forces pairing of V H and VL domains with complementary domains on other chains, resulting in the formation of functional multimers.
  • Polypeptide chains of VH and VL domains that are joined with linkers between 3 and 12 amino acid residues form predominantly dimers (termed diabodies). With linkers between 0 and 2 amino acid residues, trimers (termed triabody) and tetramers (termed tetrabody) are favored, but the exact patterns of oligomerization appear to depend on the composition as well as the orientation of V-domains (VH-linker-VL or VL- linker-Vn), in addition to the linker length.
  • the technique utilizes complementary protein binding domains, referred to as anchoring domains (AD) and dimerization and docking domains (DDD), which bind to each other and allow the assembly of complex structures, ranging from dimers, trimers, tetramers, quintamers and hexamers. These form stable complexes in high yield without requirement for extensive purification.
  • AD anchoring domains
  • DDD dimerization and docking domains
  • the DNL technique allows the assembly of monospecific, bispecific or multispecific antibodies, either as naked antibody moieties or in combination with a wide range of other effector molecules such as immunomodulators, enzymes, chemotherapeutic agents, chemokines, cytokines, diagnostic agents, therapeutic agents, radionuclides, imaging agents, anti-angiogenic agents, growth factors, oligonucleotides, hormones, peptides, toxins, pro-apoptotic agents, or a combination thereof. Any of the techniques known in the art for making bispecific or multispecific antibodies may be utilized in the practice of the presently claimed methods.
  • Bispecific or multispecific antibodies may incorporate any known antibody of therapeutic use.
  • Antibodies of use may be commercially obtained from a wide variety of known sources. For example, a variety of antibody secreting hybridoma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA). A large number of antibodies against various disease targets, including but not limited to tumor-associated antigens, have been deposited at the ATCC and or have published variable region sequences and are available for use in the claimed methods and compositions. See, e.g., U.S. Patent
  • antibody sequences or antibody-secreting hybridomas against almost any disease-associated antigen may be obtained by a simple search of the ATCC, NCBI and/or USPTO databases for antibodies against a selected disease-associated target of interest.
  • the antigen binding domains of the cloned antibodies may be amplified, excised, ligated into an expression vector, transfected into an adapted host cell and used for protein production, using standard techniques well known in the art.
  • bispecific or multispecific antibodies or other constructs may be produced using the dock-and-lock technology (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,521,056; 7,550,143; 7,534,866; 7,527,787 and U.S. Patent Application Serial. Nos. 1 1/925,408, filed October 26, 2007, and 12/418,877, filed April 6, 2009; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • the DNL method exploits specific protein/protein interactions that occur between the regulatory (R) subunits of cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) and the anchoring domain (AD) of A-kinase anchoring proteins (AKAPs) (Baillie et al, FEBS Letters. 2005; 579: 3264. Wong and Scott, Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2004; 5: 959).
  • PKA which plays a central role in one of the best studied signal transduction pathways triggered by the binding of the second messenger cAMP to the R subunits, was first isolated from rabbit skeletal muscle in 1968 (Walsh et al, J. Biol. Chem. 1968;243:3763).
  • the structure of the holoenzyme consists of two catalytic subunits held in an inactive form by the R subunits (Taylor, J. Biol. Chem. 1989;264:8443). Isozymes of PKA are found with two types of R subunits (RI and RII), and each type has a and ⁇ isoforms (Scott, Pharmacol. Ther. 1991 ;50: 123). The R subunits have been isolated only as stable dimers and the dimerization domain has been shown to consist of the first 44 amino-terminal residues (Newlon et al, Nat. Struct. Biol. 1999; 6:222).
  • Binding of cAMP to the R subunits leads to the release of active catalytic subunits for a broad spectrum of serine/threonine kinase activities, which are oriented toward selected substrates through the compartmentalization of PKA via its docking with AKAPs (Scott et al, J. Biol. Chem. 1990;265;21561)
  • AKAP microtubule-associated protein-2
  • the amino acid sequences of the AD are quite varied among individual AKAPs, with the binding affinities reported for RII dimers ranging from 2 to 90 nM (Alto et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2003; 100:4445). Interestingly, AKAPs will only bind to dimeric R subunits. For human Rlla, the AD binds to a
  • the dimerization domain and AKAP binding domain of human Rlla are both located within the same N-terminal 44 amino acid sequence (Newlon et al., Nat. Struct. Biol. 1999;6:222; Newlon et al, EMBO J. 2001 ;20: 1651), which is termed the DDD herein.
  • Entity B is constructed by linking an AD sequence to a precursor of B, resulting in a second component hereafter referred to as b.
  • the dimeric motif of DDD contained in a 2 will create a docking site for binding to the AD sequence contained in b, thus facilitating a ready association of a 2 and b to form a binary, trimeric complex composed of a 2 b.
  • This binding event is made irreversible with a subsequent reaction to covalently secure the two entities via disulfide bridges, which occurs very efficiently based on the principle of effective local concentration because the initial binding interactions should bring the reactive thiol groups placed onto both the DDD and AD into proximity (Chimura et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2001 ;98: 8480) to ligate site-specifically.
  • fusion proteins A variety of methods are known for making fusion proteins, including nucleic acid synthesis, hybridization and/or amplification to produce a synthetic double-stranded nucleic acid encoding a fusion protein of interest.
  • double-stranded nucleic acids may be inserted into expression vectors for fusion protein production by standard molecular biology techniques (see, e.g. Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A laboratory manual, 2 nd Ed, 1989).
  • the AD and/or DDD moiety may be attached to either the N- terminal or C-terminal end of an effector protein or peptide.
  • site of attachment of an AD or DDD moiety to an effector moiety may vary, depending on the chemical nature of the effector moiety and the part(s) of the effector moiety involved in its physiological activity.
  • Site-specific attachment of a variety of effector moieties may be performed using techniques known in the art, such as the use of bivalent cross-linking reagents and/or other chemical conjugation techniques.
  • sequence variants of the AD and/or DDD moieties may be utilized in construction of the DNL complexes.
  • the structure-function relationships of the AD and DDD domains have been the subject of investigation. (See, e.g., Burns-Hamuro et al., 2005, Protein Sci 14:2982-92; Carr et al., 2001 , J Biol Chem 276: 17332-38; Alto et al., 2003, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 100:4445-50; Hundsrucker et al., 2006, Biochem J 396:297- 306; Stokka et al., 2006, Biochem J 400:493-99; Gold et al, 2006, Mol Cell 24:383-95; Kinderman et al., 2006, Mol Cell 24:397-408.)
  • Alto et al. (2003) performed a bioinformatic analysis of the AD sequence of various AKAP proteins to design an RII selective AD sequence called AKAP-IS (SEQ ID NO: 17), with a binding constant for DDD of 0.4 nM.
  • the AKAP-IS sequence was designed as a peptide antagonist of AKAP binding to PKA. Residues in the AKAP-IS sequence where substitutions tended to decrease binding to DDD are underlined in SEQ ID NO: 17.
  • SuperAKAP-IS sequence (SEQ ID NO:39), exhibiting a five order of magnitude higher selectivity for the RII isoform of PKA compared with the RI isoform.
  • Underlined residues indicate the positions of amino acid substitutions, relative to the AKAP-IS sequence, that increased binding to the DDD moiety of Rlla.
  • the N-terminal Q residue is numbered as residue number 4 and the C-terminal A residue is residue number 20.
  • Residues where substitutions could be made to affect the affinity for Rlla were residues 8, 11, 15, 16,
  • the SuperAKAP-IS sequence may be substituted for the AKAP-IS AD moiety sequence to prepare DNL constructs.
  • AKAP-IS AD sequence are shown in SEQ ID NO:40-42. Substitutions relative to the
  • AKAP-IS sequence are underlined. It is anticipated that, as with the AKAP-IS sequence
  • the AD moiety may also include the additional N-terminal residues cysteine and glycine and C-terminal residues glycine and cysteine, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 18.
  • Carr et al. examined the degree of sequence homology between different A AP-binding DDD sequences from human and non-human proteins and identified residues in the DDD sequences that appeared to be the most highly conserved among different DDD moieties. These are indicated below by underlining with reference to the human P A Rlla DDD sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. Residues that were particularly conserved are further indicated by italics. The residues overlap with, but are not identical to those suggested by Kinderman et al. (2006) to be important for binding to AKAP proteins.
  • Alternative embodiments may concern the use of scFV-based AD modules for pairing with DDD2 (SEQ ID NO: 16) based cytokines or RNase to yield DNL conjugates that are smaller.
  • DDD2 DDD2
  • RNase RNase-activated RNA
  • the smaller sized DNL constructs may facilitate penetration into solid tumors.
  • We have produced several types of scFv-based bispecific antibodies by expressing two discrete polypeptide chains comprising complementary variable domains with a 6-His tag (SEQ ID NO: 51) at the carboxyl terminus of each polypeptide chain.
  • the same approach may be used to generate scFv-based AD modules by replacing one or both 6-His tags (SEQ ID NO: 51) with either an AD sequence or an AD-HHHHHH sequence (SEQ ID NO: 51).
  • Type I is designed to link one pair of DDD2 (SEQ ID NO: 16) modules.
  • Type II is designed to link two pairs of the same or different DDD2 modules.
  • Type III is designed to link one pair of DDD2 modules and one pair of DDD3 (SEQ ID NO: 50) modules. The two polypeptides chains are designed to associate in an anti-parallel fashion.
  • Bispecific or multispecific antibodies may be utilized in pre-targeting techniques.
  • Pre-targeting is a multistep process originally developed to resolve the slow blood clearance of directly targeting antibodies, which contributes to undesirable toxicity to normal tissues such as bone marrow.
  • a radionuclide or other therapeutic agent is attached to a small delivery molecule (targetable construct or targetable construct) that is cleared within minutes from the blood.
  • a pre-targeting bispecific or multispecific antibody, which has binding sites for the targetable construct as well as a target antigen, is administered first, free antibody is allowed to clear from circulation and then the targetable construct is administered.
  • a pre-targeting method of treating or diagnosing a disease or disorder in a subject may be provided by: (1) administering to the subject a bispecific antibody or antibody fragment; (2) optionally administering to the subject a clearing composition, and allowing the composition to clear the antibody from circulation; and (3) administering to the subject the targetable construct, containing one or more chelated or chemically bound therapeutic or diagnostic agents.
  • the technique may also be utilized for antibody dependent enzyme prodrug therapy (ADEPT) by administering an enzyme conjugated to a targetable construct, followed by a prodrug that is converted into active form by the enzyme.
  • ADPT antibody dependent enzyme prodrug therapy
  • the binding moieties described herein may comprise one or more avimer sequences.
  • Avimers are a class of binding proteins somewhat similar to antibodies in their affinities and specificities for various target molecules. They were developed from human extracellular receptor domains by in vitro exon shuffling and phage display. (Silverman et al., 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23: 1493-94; Silverman et al., 2006, Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220.)
  • the resulting multidomain proteins may comprise multiple independent binding domains, that may exhibit improved affinity (in some cases sub-nanomolar) and specificity compared with single-epitope binding proteins.
  • avimers may be attached to, for example, DDD and/or AD sequences for use in the claimed methods and compositions. Additional details concerning methods of construction and use of avimers are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20040175756 (now abandoned), 20050048512 (now abandoned), 20050053973 (now abandoned),
  • compositions and/or methods may concern binding peptides and/or peptide mimetics of various target molecules, cells or tissues.
  • Binding peptides may be identified by any method known in the art, including but not limiting to the phage display technique.
  • Various methods of phage display and techniques for producing diverse populations of peptides are well known in the art.
  • U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,223,409; 5,622,699 and 6,068,829 disclose methods for preparing a phage library.
  • the phage display technique involves genetically manipulating bacteriophage so that small peptides can be expressed on their surface (Smith and Scott, 1985, Science 228: 1315-1317; Smith and Scott, 1993, Meth. Enzymol. 21 :228-257).
  • larger protein domains such as single-chain antibodies may also be displayed on the surface of phage particles (Arap et al. , 1998, Science 279:377-380).
  • Targeting amino acid sequences selective for a given organ, tissue, cell type or target molecule may be isolated by panning (Pasqualini and Ruoslahti, 1996, Nature 380:364-366;
  • phage containing putative targeting peptides is administered to an intact organism or to isolated organs, tissues, cell types or target molecules and samples containing bound phage are collected. Phage that bind to a target may be eluted from a target organ, tissue, cell type or target molecule and then amplified by growing them in host bacteria. [0111] In certain embodiments, the phage may be propagated in host bacteria between rounds of panning. Rather than being lysed by the phage, the bacteria may instead secrete multiple copies of phage that display a particular insert.
  • the amplified phage may be exposed to the target organs, tissues, cell types or target molecule again and collected for additional rounds of panning. Multiple rounds of panning may be performed until a population of selective or specific binders is obtained.
  • the amino acid sequence of the peptides may be determined by sequencing the DNA corresponding to the targeting peptide insert in the phage genome. The identified targeting peptide may then be produced as a synthetic peptide by standard protein chemistry techniques (Arap et al , 1998, Smith et al , 1985).
  • a subtraction protocol may be used to further reduce background phage binding.
  • the purpose of subtraction is to remove phage from the library that bind to targets other than the target of interest.
  • the phage library may be prescreened against a control cell, tissue or organ. For example, tumor- binding peptides may be identified after prescreening a library against a control normal cell line. After subtraction the library may be screened against the molecule, cell, tissue or organ of interest.
  • Other methods of subtraction protocols are known and may be used in the practice of the claimed methods, for example as disclosed in U.S Patent Nos. 5,840,841, 5,705,610, 5,670,312 and 5,492,807.
  • a targeting moiety of use may be an aptamer.
  • Methods of constmcting and determining the binding characteristics of aptamers are well known in the art. For example, such techniques are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,582,981, 5,595,877 and 5,637,459, the Examples section of each incorporated herein by reference. Methods for preparation and screening of aptamers that bind to particular targets of interest are well known, for example U.S. Pat. No. 5,475,096 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163, the Examples section of each incorporated herein by reference.
  • Aptamers may be prepared by any known method, including synthetic, recombinant, and purification methods, and may be used alone or in combination with other ligands specific for the same target. In general, a minimum of approximately 3 nucleotides, preferably at least 5 nucleotides, are necessary to effect specific binding. Aptamers of sequences shorter than 10 bases may be feasible, although aptamers of 10, 20, 30 or 40 nucleotides may be preferred.
  • Aptamers may be isolated, sequenced, and/or amplified or synthesized as
  • aptamers of interest may comprise modified oligomers. Any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in aptamers may be replaced by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by a standard protecting group, or activated to prepare additional linkages to other nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports.
  • One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups, such as P(0)0 replaced by P(0)S, P(0)NR 2 , P(0)R, P(0)OR', CO, or CNR 2 , wherein R is H or alkyl (1 -20C) and R' is alkyl (1-20C); in addition, this group may be attached to adjacent nucleotides through O or S. Not all linkages in an oligomer need to be identical.
  • the antibodies, antibody fragments or fusion proteins described herein may be administered alone, as a "naked" antibody, fragment or fusion protein.
  • the antibody, fragment or fusion protein may be administered either before, concurrently with, or after at least one other therapeutic agent.
  • an antibody, fragment or fusion protein may be covalently or non-covalently attached to at least one therapeutic and/or diagnostic agent to form an immunoconjugate.
  • Therapeutic agent are preferably selected from the group consisting of a radionuclide, an immunomodulator, an anti-angiogenic agent, a cytokine, a chemokine, a growth factor, a hormone, a drug, a prodrug, an enzyme, an oligonucleotide, a pro-apoptotic agent, an interference RNA, a photoactive therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent, which may be a chemotherapeutic agent or a toxin, and a combination thereof.
  • the drugs of use may possess a pharmaceutical property selected from the group consisting of antimitotic, antikinase, alkylating, antimetabolite, antibiotic, alkaloid, anti-angiogenic, pro-apoptotic agents and combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary drugs of use include, but are not limited to, 5-fluorouracil, aplidin, azaribine, anastrozole, anthracyclines, bendamustine, bleomycin, bortezomib, bryostatin-1, busulfan, calicheamycin, camptothecin, carboplatin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, carmustine, celebrex, chlorambucil, cisplatin (CDDP), Cox-2 inhibitors, irinotecan (CPT-1 1), SN-38, carboplatin, cladribine, camptothecans, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, docetaxel, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolinodoxorubicine (2P-DOX), cyano-morpholino doxorubicin, doxorubicin glucuronide, epirubici
  • mitoxantrone mithramycin, mitomycin, mitotane, navelbine, nitrosurea, plicomycin, procarbazine, paclitaxel, pentostatin, PSI-341, raloxifene, semustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, taxol, temazolomide (an aqueous form of DTIC), transplatinum, thalidomide, thioguanine, thiotepa, teniposide, topotecan, uracil mustard, vinorelbine, vinblastine, vincristine and vinca alkaloids.
  • Toxins of use may include ricin, abrin, alpha toxin, saporin, ribonuclease (RNase), e.g., onconase, DNase I, Staphylococcal enterotoxin-A, pokeweed antiviral protein, gelonin, diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, and Pseudomonas endotoxin.
  • RNase ribonuclease
  • Immunomodulators of use may be selected from a cytokine, a stem cell growth factor, a lymphotoxin, an hematopoietic factor, a colony stimulating factor (CSF), an interferon (IFN), erythropoietin, thrombopoietin and a combination thereof. Specifically useful are
  • lymphotoxins such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF), hematopoietic factors, such as interleukin (IL), colony stimulating factor, such as granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) or granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), interferon, such as
  • interferons-a, - ⁇ or - ⁇ interferons-a, - ⁇ or - ⁇ , and stem cell growth factor, such as that designated "SI factor”.
  • cytokines include growth hormones such as human growth hormone, N- methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone;
  • thyroxine insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; prostaglandin, fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen, OB protein; tumor necrosis factor-ct and - ⁇ ; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor;
  • FSH follicle stimulating hormone
  • TSH thyroid stimulating hormone
  • LH luteinizing hormone
  • integrin thrombopoietin
  • TPO nerve growth factors
  • NGF- ⁇ platelet-growth factor
  • TGFs transforming growth factors
  • TGFs transforming growth factors
  • I and -II insulin-like growth factor-I and -II
  • EPO erythropoietin
  • osteoinductive factors interferons such as interferon-a, - ⁇ , and - ⁇
  • colony stimulating factors CSFs
  • CSFs colony stimulating factors
  • M-CSF colony stimulating factors
  • ILs interleukins
  • ILs interleukins
  • ILs interleukins
  • Chemokines of use include RANTES, MCAF, MIP1 -alpha, MIPl-Beta and IP-10.
  • Radioactive isotopes useful for treating diseased tissue include, but are not limited to- m In, 177 Lu, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 211 At, 62 Cu, 67 Cu, 90 Y, 125 I, , 31 I, 32 P, 33 P, 47 Sc, i n Ag, 67 Ga, 142 Pr, 153 Sm, 161 Tb, 166 Dy, 166 Ho, 186 Re, 188 Re, 189 Re, 2,2 Pb, 223 Ra, 225 Ac, 59 Fe, 75 Se, 77 As, 89 Sr, "Mo, 105 Rh, 109 Pd, 143 Pr, 149 Pm, 169 Er, 194 Ir, I98 Au, 199 Au, and 2, 1 Pb.
  • the therapeutic radionuclide preferably has a decay-energy in the range of 20 to 6,000 keV, preferably in the ranges 60 to 200 keV for an Auger emitter, 100-2,500 keV for a beta emitter, and 4,000-6,000 keV for an alpha emitter.
  • Maximum decay energies of useful beta- particle-emitting nuclides are preferably 20-5,000 keV, more preferably 100-4,000 keV, and most preferably 500-2,500 keV. Also preferred are radionuclides that substantially decay with Auger-emitting particles.
  • beta- particle-emitting nuclides are preferably ⁇ 1,000 keV, more preferably ⁇ 100 keV, and most preferably ⁇ 70 keV. Also preferred are radionuclides that substantially decay with generation of alpha-particles.
  • Such radionuclides include, but are not limited to: Dy-152, At-211, Bi- 212, Ra-223, Rn-219, Po-215, Bi-21 1, Ac-225, Fr-221 , At-217, Bi-213 and Fm-255. Decay energies of useful alpha-particle-emitting radionuclides are preferably 2,000-10,000 keV, more preferably 3,000-8,000 keV, and most preferably 4,000-7,000 keV.
  • radioisotopes of use include n C, 13 N, 15 0, 75 Br, 198 Au, 224 Ac, 126 I, 133 I, 77 Br, 1 13m In, 95 Ru, 97 Ru, 103 Ru, 105 Ru, 107 Hg, 203 Hg, 12Im Te, 122m Te, 125m Te, 165 Tm, 167 Tm, 168 Tm, 197 Pt, 109 Pd, 105 Rh, I42 Pr, 143 Pr, I61 Tb, 166 Ho, 199 Au, 57 Co, 58 Co, 51 Cr, 59 Fe, 75 Se,
  • Some useful diagnostic nuclides may include F, 52 Fe, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 86 Y, 89 Zr, 94 Tc, 94m Tc, 99m Tc, or n i In.
  • anti-IGF-lR antibodies such as hRl, may be of use in combination with therapeutic radionuclides for sensitization of tumors to radiation therapy (see, e.g., Allen et al, 2007, Cancer Res. 67: 1 155).
  • Therapeutic agents may include a photoactive agent or dye.
  • compositions such as fluorochrome, and other chromogens, or dyes, such as porphyrins sensitive to visible light
  • photoradiation phototherapy
  • photodynamic therapy this has been termed photoradiation, phototherapy, or photodynamic therapy.
  • monoclonal antibodies have been coupled with photoactivated dyes for achieving phototherapy. See Mew et al., J. Immunol. (1983),130: 1473; idem., Cancer Res. (1985), 45:4380; Oseroff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1986), 83:8744; idem.,
  • Corticosteroid hormones can increase the effectiveness of other chemotherapy agents, and consequently, they are frequently used in combination treatments.
  • Prednisone and dexamethasone are examples of corticosteroid hormones.
  • anti-angiogenic agents such as angiostatin, baculostatin, canstatin, maspin, anti-placenta growth factor (P1GF) peptides and antibodies, anti-vascular growth factor antibodies (such as anti-VEGF and anti-PlGF), anti-Flk-1 antibodies, anti-Fit- 1 antibodies and peptides, anti-Kras antibodies, anti-cMET antibodies, anti-MIF (macrophage migration-inhibitory factor) antibodies, laminin peptides, fibronectin peptides, plasminogen activator inhibitors, tissue metalloproteinase inhibitors, interferons, interleukin-12, IP- 10, Gro- ⁇ , thrombospondin, 2-methoxyoestradiol, proliferin-related protein,
  • P1GF anti-placenta growth factor
  • anti-vascular growth factor antibodies such as anti-VEGF and anti-PlGF
  • anti-Flk-1 antibodies such as anti-VEGF and anti-P
  • carboxiamidotriazole CM101, Marimastat, pentosan polysulphate, angiopoietin-2, interferon-alpha, herbimycin A, PNU145156E, 16K prolactin fragment, Linomide, thalidomide, pentoxifylline, genistein, TNP-470, endostatin, paclitaxel, accutin, angiostatin, cidofovir, vincristine, bleomycin, AGM-1470, platelet factor 4 or minocycline may be of use.
  • oligonucleotides especially antisense oligonucleotides that preferably are directed against oncogenes and oncogene products, such as bcl-2.
  • Diagnostic agents are preferably selected from the group consisting of a radionuclide, a radiological contrast agent, a paramagnetic ion, a metal, a fluorescent label, a
  • diagnostic agents are well known and any such known diagnostic agent may be used.
  • diagnostic agents may include a radionuclide such as 1 I0 In, 1 1 'in, 177 Lu, 18 F, 52 Fe, 62 Cu, "Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 86 Y, 90 Y, 89 Zr, 94m Tc, 94 Tc, 99m Tc, 120 1, 123 I, 124 1, 125 I, 131 I, 154 - 158 Gd, 3 P, "C, 13 N, 15 0, 186 Re, 188 Re, 51 Mn, 52m Mn, 55 Co, 72 As, 75 Br, 76 Br, 82m Rb, 83 Sr, or other gamma-, beta-, or positron-emitters.
  • a radionuclide such as 1 I0 In, 1 1 'in, 177 Lu, 18 F, 52 Fe, 62 Cu, "Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 86 Y,
  • Paramagnetic ions of use may include chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) or erbium (III).
  • Metal contrast agents may include lanthanum (III), gold (III), lead (II) or bismuth (III).
  • Ultrasound contrast agents may comprise liposomes, such as gas filled liposomes.
  • Radiopaque diagnostic agents may be selected from compounds, barium compounds, gallium compounds, and thallium compounds.
  • fluorescent labels are known in the art, including but not limited to fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o- phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
  • Chemiluminescent labels of use may include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt or an oxalate ester.
  • any of the antibodies, antibody fragments or antibody fusion proteins described herein may be conjugated to one or more therapeutic or diagnostic agents.
  • the therapeutic agents do not need to be the same but can be different, e.g. a drug and a radioisotope.
  • 13 ⁇ can be incorporated into a tyrosine of an antibody or fusion protein and a drug attached to an epsilon amino group of a lysine residue.
  • Therapeutic and diagnostic agents also can be attached, for example to reduced SH groups and/or to carbohydrate side chains. Many methods for making covalent or non-covalent conjugates of therapeutic or diagnostic agents with antibodies or fusion proteins are known in the art and any such known method may be utilized.
  • a therapeutic or diagnostic agent can be attached at the hinge region of a reduced antibody component via disulfide bond formation.
  • such agents can be attached using a heterobifunctional cross-linker, such as N-succinyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP). Yu et al, Int. J. Cancer 56: 244 (1994).
  • SPDP N-succinyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate
  • the therapeutic or diagnostic agent can be conjugated via a carbohydrate moiety in the Fc region of the antibody.
  • the carbohydrate group can be used to increase the loading of the same agent that is bound to a thiol group, or the carbohydrate moiety can be used to bind a different therapeutic or diagnostic agent.
  • the Fc region may be absent if the antibody used as the antibody component of the immunoconjugate is an antibody fragment. However, it is possible to introduce a
  • carbohydrate moiety into the light chain variable region of a full length antibody or antibody fragment. See, for example, Leung et al, J. Immunol. 154: 5919 (1995); U.S. Patent Nos. 5,443,953 and 6,254,868, the Examples section of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the engineered carbohydrate moiety is used to attach the therapeutic or diagnostic agent.
  • a chelating agent may be attached to an antibody, antibody fragment or fusion protein or to a targetable construct and used to chelate a therapeutic or diagnostic agent, such as a radionuclide.
  • exemplary chelators include but are not limited to DTPA (such as Mx-DTPA), DOTA, TETA, NETA or NOTA.
  • Methods of conjugation and use of chelating agents to attach metals or other ligands to proteins are well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application No. 7,563,433, the Examples section of which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • radioactive metals or paramagnetic ions may be attached to proteins or peptides by reaction with a reagent having a long tail, to which may be attached a multiplicity of chelating groups for binding ions.
  • a tail can be a polymer such as a polylysine, polysaccharide, or other derivatized or derivatizable chains having pendant groups to which can be bound chelating groups such as, e.g., ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), porphyrins, polyamines, crown ethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and like groups known to be useful for this purpose.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • DTPA diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
  • porphyrins polyamines, crown ethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and like groups known to be useful for
  • Chelates may be directly linked to antibodies or peptides, for example as disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,824,659, incorporated herein in its entirety by reference.
  • Particularly useful metal-chelate combinations include 2-benzyl-DTPA and its monomethyl and cyclohexyl analogs, used with diagnostic isotopes in the general energy range of 60 to 4,000 keV, such , . ,, ⁇ . , a . . . ,, ,. QO 0 . , .
  • chelates when complexed with non-radioactive metals, such as manganese, iron and gadolinium are useful for MRI.
  • Macrocyclic chelates such as NOTA, DOTA, and TETA are of use with a variety of metals and radiometals, most particularly with radionuclides of gallium, yttrium and copper, respectively.
  • metal-chelate complexes can be made very stable by tailoring the ring size to the metal of interest.
  • Other ring-type chelates such as macrocyclic polyethers, which are of interest for stably binding nuclides,
  • 18 F-labeling of use in PET scanning techniques for example by reaction of F-18 with a metal or other atom, such as aluminum.
  • the 18 F-A1 conjugate may be complexed with chelating groups, such as DOTA, NOTA or NETA that are attached directly to antibodies or used to label targetable constructs in pre- targeting methods.
  • chelating groups such as DOTA, NOTA or NETA
  • Various embodiments concern methods of treating a cancer in a subject, such as a mammal, including humans, domestic or companion pets, such as dogs and cats, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody, fragment or fusion protein.
  • the antibody or fragment is an anti-IGF-lR MAb.
  • the therapy may utilize a "naked antibody" that does not have a therapeutic agent bound to it.
  • a "naked” anti-IGF-lR antibody can be supplemented by administering concurrently or sequentially a therapeutically effective amount of another "naked antibody” that binds to or is reactive with another antigen on the surface of the target cell.
  • Preferred additional MAbs comprise at least one humanized, chimeric or human MAb selected from the group consisting of a MAb reactive with CD4, CD5, CD8, CD 14, CD 15, CD 16, CD19, IGF-1R, CD20, CD21 , CD22, CD23, CD25, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD95, CD126, CD 133, CD 138, CD 154, CEACAM5, CEACAM6, B7, AFP, PSMA, EGP-1, EGP-2, carbonic anhydrase IX, PAM4 antigen, MUC1, MUC2, MUC3, MUC4, MUC5, la, MIF, HM1.24, HLA-DR, tenascin, Flt-3, VEGFR, P1GF, ILGF, IL-6, IL-25, tenascin, TRAIL-R1, TRAIL-R
  • Multimodal therapies may include therapy with naked anti-IGF-lR antibodies supplemented with administration of anti-CD22, anti-CD 19, anti- CD20, anti-CD21 , anti-CD74, anti-CD80, anti-CD23, anti-CD45, anti-CD46, anti-MIF, anti- EGP-1 , anti-CEACAM5, anti-CEACAM6, PAM4, or anti-HLA-DR (including the invariant chain) antibodies in the form of naked antibodies, fusion proteins, or as immunoconjugates.
  • naked anti-IGF-lR antibodies or fragments thereof may also be supplemented with naked antibodies against a MUC1 or MUC5 antigen.
  • Various antibodies of use such as anti- CD ⁇ , anti-CD20, and anti-CD22 antibodies, are known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Ghetie et al, Cancer Res. 48:2610 (1988); Hekman et al, Cancer Immunol.
  • subjects receive naked anti-IGF-lR
  • CVB immunoconjugates
  • cyclophosphamide 1.5 g/m 2 cyclophosphamide, 200-400 mg/m 2 etoposide, and 150-200 mg/m carmustine
  • Other suitable combination chemotherapeutic regimens are well- known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Freedman et al. , “Non-Hodgkin's Lymphomas,” in CANCER MEDICINE, VOLUME 2, 3rd Edition, Holland et al.
  • first generation chemotherapeutic regimens for treatment of intermediate-grade non-Hodgkin's lymphoma include C- MOPP (cyclophosphamide, vincristine, procarbazine and prednisone) and CHOP
  • a useful second generation chemotherapeutic regimen is m-BACOD (methotrexate, bleomycin, doxorubicin,
  • cyclophosphamide vincristine, dexamethasone and leucovorin
  • a suitable third generation regimen is MACOP-B (methotrexate, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, vincristine, prednisone, bleomycin and leucovorin).
  • Additional useful drugs include phenyl butyrate, bendamustine, and bryostatin-1.
  • both chemotherapeutic drugs and cytokines are co-administered with an antibody, immunoconjugate or fusion protein according to the present invention.
  • the cytokines, chemotherapeutic drugs and antibody or immunoconjugate can be administered in any order, or together.
  • Immunoconjugates or naked antibodies can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the immunoconjugate or naked antibody is combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically suitable excipient.
  • a pharmaceutically suitable excipient Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically suitable excipient.
  • Other suitable excipients are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Ansel et al, PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), and Gennaro (ed.), REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 18th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1990), and revised editions thereof.
  • the immunoconjugate or naked antibody of the present invention can be formulated for intravenous administration via, for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • the antibody of the present invention is infused over a period of less than about 4 hours, and more preferably, over a period of less than about 3 hours.
  • the first 25-50 mg could be infused within 30 minutes, preferably even 15 min, and the remainder infused over the next 2-3 hrs.
  • Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions can take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • Control release preparations can be prepared through the use of polymers to complex or adsorb the immunoconjugate or naked antibody.
  • biocompatible polymers include matrices of poly(ethylene-co- vinyl acetate) and matrices of a polyanhydride copolymer of a stearic acid dimer and sebacic acid. Sherwood et al , Bio/Technology 10: 1446 (1992). The rate of release of an
  • immunoconjugate or antibody from such a matrix depends upon the molecular weight of the immunoconjugate or antibody, the amount of immunoconjugate, antibody within the matrix, and the size of dispersed particles. Saltzman et al, Biophys. J. 55: 163 (1989); Sherwood et al. , supra. Other solid dosage forms are described in Ansel et al , PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), and Gennaro (ed.), REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 18th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1990), and revised editions thereof.
  • the inimunoconjugate, antibody fusion proteins, or naked antibody may also be administered to a mammal subcutaneously or even by other parenteral routes. Moreover, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses. Preferably, the antibody is infused over a period of less than about 4 hours, and more preferably, over a period of less than about 3 hours.
  • the dosage of an administered immunoconjugate, fusion protein or naked antibody for humans will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. It may be desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of immunoconjugate, antibody fusion protein or naked antibody that is in the range of from about 1 mg/kg to 25 mg/kg as a single intravenous infusion, although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate. A dosage of 1 -20 mg/kg for a 70 kg patient, for example, is 70-1 ,400 mg, or 41-824 mg/m 2 for a 1.7-m patient.
  • the dosage may be repeated as needed, for example, once per week for 4-10 weeks, once per week for 8 weeks, or once per week for 4 weeks. It may also be given less frequently, such as every other week for several months, or monthly or quarterly for many months, as needed in a maintenance therapy.
  • an antibody such as a naked anti-IGF-lR
  • the antibodies may be administered as one dosage every 2 or 3 weeks, repeated for a total of at least 3 dosages.
  • the antibodies may be administered twice per week for 4-6 weeks. If the dosage is lowered to approximately 200-300 mg/m 2 (340 mg per dosage for a 1.7-m patient, or 4.9 mg/kg for a 70 kg patient), it may be administered once or even twice weekly for 4 to 10 weeks.
  • the dosage schedule may be decreased, namely every 2 or 3 weeks for 2-3 months. It has been determined, however, that even higher doses, such as 20 mg/kg once weekly or once every 2- 3 weeks can be administered by slow i.v. infusion, for repeated dosing cycles.
  • the dosing schedule can optionally be repeated at other intervals and dosage may be given through various parenteral routes, with appropriate adjustment of the dose and schedule.
  • the anti-IGF-lR antibodies are of use for therapy of cancer.
  • cancers include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, glioblastoma, melanoma, sarcoma, and leukemia, myeloma, or lymphoid malignancies.
  • squamous cell cancer e.g., epithelial squamous cell cancer
  • Ewing sarcoma e.g., Ewing sarcoma
  • Wilms tumor astrocytomas
  • lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, neuroendocrine tumors, medullary thyroid cancer, differentiated thyroid carcinoma, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulvar cancer, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head-and-neck cancer.
  • cancer includes primary malignant cells or tumors (e.g., those whose cells have not migrated to sites in the subject's body other than the site of the original malignancy or tumor) and secondary malignant cells or tumors (e.g., those arising from metastasis, the migration of malignant cells or tumor cells to secondary sites that are different from the site of the original tumor).
  • Cancers conducive to treatment methods of the present invention involves cells which express, over-express, or abnormally express IGF-1R.
  • cancers or malignancies include, but are not limited to: Acute Childhood Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia, Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Adrenocortical Carcinoma, Adult (Primary)
  • Lymphoma Central Nervous System Lymphoma, Cerebellar Astrocytoma, Cerebral
  • Ependymoma Epithelial Cancer, Esophageal Cancer, Ewing's Sarcoma and Related Tumors, Exocrine Pancreatic Cancer, Extracranial Germ Cell Tumor, Extragonadal Germ Cell Tumor, Extrahepatic Bile Duct Cancer, Eye Cancer, Female Breast Cancer, Gaucher's Disease, Gallbladder Cancer, Gastric Cancer, Gastrointestinal Carcinoid Tumor, Gastrointestinal Tumors, Germ Cell Tumors, Gestational Trophoblastic Tumor, Hairy Cell Leukemia, Head and Neck Cancer, Hepatocellular Cancer, Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Hypergammaglobulinemia, Hypopharyngeal Cancer, Intestinal Cancers, Intraocular Melanoma, Islet Cell Carcinoma, Islet Cell Pancreatic Cancer, Kaposi's Sarcoma, Kidney Cancer, Laryngeal Cancer, Lip and Oral Cavity Cancer, Liver Cancer, Lung Cancer, Lymphoproliferative Disorders,
  • Macroglobulinemia Male Breast Cancer, Malignant Mesothelioma, Malignant Thymoma, Medulloblastoma, Melanoma, Mesothelioma, Metastatic Occult Primary Squamous Neck Cancer, Metastatic Primary Squamous Neck Cancer, Metastatic Squamous Neck Cancer, Multiple Myeloma, Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasm, Myelodysplastic Syndrome, Myelogenous Leukemia, Myeloid Leukemia, Myeloproliferative Disorders, Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer, Nasopharyngeal Cancer, Neuroblastoma, Non-Hodgkin's
  • the methods and compositions described and claimed herein may be used to treat malignant or premalignant conditions and to prevent progression to a neoplastic or malignant state, including but not limited to those disorders described above.
  • Such uses are indicated in conditions known or suspected of preceding progression to neoplasia or cancer, in particular, where non-neoplastic cell growth consisting of hyperplasia, metaplasia, or most particularly, dysplasia has occurred (for review of such abnormal growth conditions, see Robbins and Angell, Basic Pathology, 2d Ed., W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 68-79 (1976)).
  • Such conditions in which cells begin to express, over-express, or abnormally express IGF-1R are particularly treatable by the disclosed methods and compositions.
  • Dysplasia is frequently a forerunner of cancer, and is found mainly in the epithelia. It is the most disorderly form of non-neoplastic cell growth, involving a loss in individual cell uniformity and in the architectural orientation of cells. Dysplasia characteristically occurs where there exists chronic irritation or inflammation.
  • Dysplastic disorders which can be treated include, but are not limited to, anhidrotic ectodermal dysplasia, anterofacial dysplasia, asphyxiating thoracic dysplasia, atriodigital dysplasia, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, cerebral dysplasia, cervical dysplasia, chondroectodermal dysplasia, cleidocranial dysplasia, congenital ectodermal dysplasia, craniodiaphysial dysplasia, craniocarpotarsal dysplasia, craniometaphysial dysplasia, dentin dysplasia, diaphysial dysplasia, ectodermal dysplasia, enamel dysplasia, encephalo-ophthalmic dysplasia, dysplasia epiphysialis hemimelia, dysplasia epiphysialis multiplex, dysplasia epiphysialis punctata, epi
  • pseudoachondroplastic spondyloepiphysial dysplasia retinal dysplasia, septo-optic dysplasia, spondyloepiphysial dysplasia, and ventriculoradial dysplasia.
  • Additional pre-neoplastic disorders which can be treated include, but are not limited to, benign dysproliferative disorders (e.g., benign tumors, fibrocystic conditions, tissue hypertrophy, intestinal polyps or adenomas, and esophageal dysplasia), leukoplakia, keratoses, Bowen's disease, Farmer's Skin, solar cheilitis, and solar keratosis.
  • benign dysproliferative disorders e.g., benign tumors, fibrocystic conditions, tissue hypertrophy, intestinal polyps or adenomas, and esophageal dysplasia
  • leukoplakia keratoses
  • Bowen's disease keratoses
  • Farmer's Skin Farmer's Skin
  • solar cheilitis solar keratosis
  • the method of the invention is used to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metastasis of cancers, in particular those listed above.
  • Additional hyperproliferative diseases, disorders, and/or conditions include, but are not limited to, progression, and/or metastases of malignancies and related disorders such as leukemia (including acute leukemias (e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia (including myeloblasts, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythro leukemia)) and chronic leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and chronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia vera, lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and solid tumors including, but not limited to, sarcomas and carcinomas such as fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, lipos
  • lymphangioendotheliosarcoma synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular tumor, lung carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma,
  • kits containing components suitable for treating or diagnosing diseased tissue in a patient may contain at least one antibody, fragment or fusion protein as described herein. If the composition containing components for administration is not formulated for delivery via the alimentary canal, such as by oral delivery, a device capable of delivering the kit components through some other route may be included.
  • a device capable of delivering the kit components through some other route may be included.
  • the kit components may be packaged together or separated into two or more containers.
  • the containers may be vials that contain sterile, lyophilized formulations of a composition that are suitable for reconstitution.
  • a kit may also contain one or more buffers suitable for reconstitution and/or dilution of other reagents.
  • Other containers that may be used include, but are not limited to, a pouch, tray, box, tube, or the like. Kit components may be packaged and maintained sterilely within the containers.
  • Another component that can be included is instructions to a person using a kit for its use.
  • Still other embodiments may concern DNA sequences comprising a nucleic acid encoding an antibody, fragment, fusion protein or bispecific antibody.
  • Exemplary sequences that may be encoded and expressed include an anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof, a fusion protein comprising at least one anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof, a fusion protein comprising at least one first antibody or fragment and at least one second antibody or fragment.
  • the first and second antibodies may comprise an anti-IGF-lR antibody, an antibody against a tumor associated antigen and/or a hapten on a targetable construct.
  • Fusion proteins may comprise an antibody or antibody fragment attached to a different peptide or protein, such as the AD and DDD peptides utilized for DNL construct formation as discussed in more detail in the Examples below.
  • Various embodiments relate to expression vectors comprising the coding DNA sequences.
  • the vectors may contain sequences encoding the light and heavy chain constant regions and the hinge region of a human immunoglobulin to which may be attached chimeric, humanized or human variable region sequences.
  • the vectors may additionally contain promoters that express MAbs in a selected host cell, immunoglobulin enhancers and signal or leader sequences.
  • Vectors that are particularly useful are pdHL2 or GS.
  • the light and heavy chain constant regions and hinge region may be from a human EU myeloma immunoglobulin, where optionally at least one of the amino acid in the allotype positions is changed to that found in a different IgGl allotype, and wherein optionally amino acid 253 of the heavy chain of EU based on the EU number system may be replaced with alanine.
  • an IgGl sequence may be converted to an IgG4 sequence as discussed below.
  • the skilled artisan will realize that methods of genetically engineering expression constructs and insertion into host cells to express engineered proteins are well known in the art and a matter of routine experimentation. Host cells and methods of expression of cloned antibodies or fragments have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 7,531,327;
  • VK and VH (variable heavy chain) sequences for anti-IGF-lR antibodies may be obtained by a variety of molecular cloning procedures, such as RT-PCR, 5'- RACE, and cDNA library screening.
  • the V genes of an anti-IGF-lR MAb from a cell that expresses a murine anti-IGF-lR MAb can be cloned by PCR amplification and sequenced. To confirm their authenticity, the cloned VL and VH genes can be expressed in cell culture as a chimeric Ab as described by Orlandi et al, (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA, 86: 3833 (1989)). Based on the V gene sequences, a humanized anti-IGF-lR MAb can then be designed and constructed as described by Leung et al. (Mol. Immunol, 32: 1413 (1995)).
  • cDNA can be prepared from any known hybridoma line or transfected cell line producing a murine anti-IGF-lR MAb by general molecular cloning techniques (Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A laboratory manual, 2 nd Ed (1989)).
  • the VK sequence for the MAb may be amplified using the primers VK1BACK and VK1FOR (Orlandi et al, 1989) or the extended primer set described by Leung et al. (BioTechniques, 15: 286 (1993)).
  • the VH sequences can be amplified using the primer pair VH1BACK/VH1FOR (Orlandi et al, 1989) or the primers annealing to the constant region of murine IgG described by Leung et al.
  • Amplified VK and VH fragments can be purified on 2% agarose (BioRad, Richmond, CA).
  • the humanized V genes can be constructed by a combination of long oligonucleotide template syntheses and PCR amplification as described by Leung et al. (Mol. Immunol, 32: 1413 (1995)).
  • PCR products for VK can be subcloned into a staging vector, such as a pBR327-based staging vector, VKpBR, that contains an Ig promoter, a signal peptide sequence and convenient restriction sites to facilitate in-frame ligation of the VK PCR products.
  • PCR products for VH can be subcloned into a similar staging vector, such as the pBluescript-based VHpBS. Individual clones containing the respective PCR products may be sequenced by, for example, the method of Sanger et al (Proc. Natl Acad. Sci., USA, 74: 5463 (1977)).
  • VK and VH sequences can be excised from VKpBR and VHpBS, respectively, by double restriction digestion as Hindlll-BamHI fragments.
  • the VK and VH expression cassettes can be ligated into appropriate expression vectors, such as pKh and pGlg, respectively (Leung et al, Hybridoma, 13:469 (1994)).
  • the expression vectors can be co-transfected into an appropriate cell, e.g., myeloma Sp2/0-Agl4 (ATCC, VA), colonies selected for hygromycin resistance, and supernatant fluids monitored for production of a chimeric, humanized or human anti-IGF-lR MAb by, for example, an ELISA assay.
  • the VK and VH expression cassettes can be assembled in the modified staging vectors, VKpBR2 and VHpBS2, excised as Xbal BamHI and Xhol/BamHI fragments, respectively, and subcloned into a single expression vector, such as pdHL2, as described by Gillies et al. (J Immunol.
  • Co-transfection and assay for antibody secreting clones by ELISA can be carried out as follows. About 10 ⁇ g of VKpKh (light chain expression vector) and 20 ⁇ g of VHpGlg (heavy chain expression vector) can be used for the transfection of 5 X 10 6 SP2/0 myeloma cells by electroporation (BioRad, Richmond, CA) according to Co et al., J. Immunol, 148: 1149 (1992). Following transfection, cells may be grown in 96-well microtiter plates in complete HSFM medium (Life Technologies, Inc., Grand Island, NY) at 37°C, 5% C0 2 .
  • complete HSFM medium Life Technologies, Inc., Grand Island, NY
  • the selection process can be initiated after two days by the addition of hygromycin selection medium (Calbiochem, San Diego, CA) at a final concentration of 500 units/ml of hygromycin. Colonies typically emerge 2-3 weeks post-electroporation. The cultures can then be expanded for further analysis. Transfectoma clones that are positive for the secretion of chimeric, humanized or human heavy chain can be identified by ELISA assay.
  • Antibodies can be isolated from cell culture media as follows. Transfectoma cultures are adapted to serum-free medium. For production of chimeric antibody, cells are grown as a 500 ml culture in roller bottles using HSFM. Cultures are centrifuged and the supernatant filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ membrane. The filtered medium is passed through a protein A column (1 x 3 cm) at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. The resin is then washed with about 10 column volumes of PBS and protein A-bound antibody is eluted from the column with 0.1 M citrate buffer (pH 3.5) containing 10 mM EDTA.
  • 0.1 M citrate buffer pH 3.5
  • Fractions of 1.0 ml are collected in tubes containing 10 ⁇ of 3 M Tris (pH 8.6), and protein concentrations determined from the absorbance at 280/260 ran. Peak fractions are pooled, dialyzed against PBS, and the antibody concentrated, for example, with the Centricon 30 (Amicon, Beverly, MA). The antibody concentration is determined by absorbance at 280 nm and its concentration adjusted to about 1 mg/ml using PBS. Sodium azide, 0.01%
  • Example 1 Generation and initial characterization of anti-IGF-lR antibodies: Rl, cRl, and hRl
  • mice Three BALB/c mice were each immunized i.p. with 15 ⁇ g of recombinant human IGF-IR (R&D Systems, Catalog # 391-GR), comprising a mixture of both processed and unprocessed extracellular domain of human IGF-IR, in complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • human IGF-IR R&D Systems, Catalog # 391-GR
  • C- 1 1 One clone (C- 1 1) expressing anti-IGF-lR but not anti-IR (insulin receptor) activity was isolated and expanded in cultures to obtain the mouse antibody designated ML04R1 or Rl, which was shown to be an IgGl/A: with the ability to inhibit the binding of radioiodinated IGF-1 to the IGF-IR expressing human breast cancer cell line MCF-7L (a subline of MCF-7) comparable to a commercially available mouse anti-IGF-lR monoclonal antibody (mAb) MAB391 (Table 2).
  • mAb mouse anti-IGF-lR monoclonal antibody
  • aPurified Rl was subjected to N-terminal protein sequencing (15 cycles). Two residues were detected after each cycle of Edman degradation.
  • cRl-producing clones were generated using SpE-26 (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 7,531 ,327), a variant of Sp2/0-Agl4 that shows improved growth properties, as host cells. Briefly, approximately 30 ⁇ g of cRlpdHL2 was linearized by digestion with Sail restriction endonuclease and transfected into SpE-26 cells by electroporation. The transfectants were selected with 0.075 ⁇ methotrexate (MTX), and screened by ELISA for human Fc binding activities.
  • SpE-26 e.g., U.S. Patent No. 7,531 ,327
  • MTX methotrexate
  • the higher producing clones were further expanded to pick the two best clones (709.2D2 and 710.2G2), from which cRl was produced in batch cultures, purified by Protein A, and each confirmed by ELISA to bind specifically to immobilized rhlGF-lR, but not to immobilized rhIR, as shown in FIG. 2, with the same high affinity (KD ⁇ 0.1 nM) for immobilized rhIGF-lR, as shown in FIG. 3.
  • cRl appears to have a higher affinity than Rl for rhIGF-lR immobilized onto polystyrene beads as shown by a
  • hRl VH and hRl Vk were then synthesized and engineered into pdHL2 to obtain hRlpdHL2, the expression vector for hRl .
  • Subsequent efforts to secure the production clone (71 1.3C1 1) for hRl were similar to those describe above for cRl .
  • Positive clones were selected for binding activity to rhIGF-lR. As shown in FIG. 5, hRl displayed virtually the same binding affinity as cRl for rhIGF-lR immobilized on polystyrene beads.
  • IGF-IR insulin growth factor-IR
  • CR cysteine-rich domain between amino acids
  • aa 223-274 the same region (aa 223-274) has been assigned as the epitope to ocIR-3, which like MAB391 , competes for IGF-1 binding (Gustafson TA, Rutter WJ. J Biol Chem 1990; 265: 18663-7), it appeared that MAB391 also binds to the same region or interacts with sites in close proximity.
  • FIG. 8A which shows the binding of Rl tagged with a fluorescent probe (PE) was not affected by MAB391 even at 100 ⁇ g/mL
  • FIG.8B which shows the binding of MAB391 tagged with PE was only partially inhibited (50 to 60%) by Rl at 100 ⁇ g/mL.
  • Table 3 A Additional results summarized in Table 3 A indicate that the epitope of Rl is located in the CR domain between aa 151 and 282 and can be further located to the first half of the CR domain between aa 151 and 222 (Table 3B).
  • Table 3A % binding of each labded antibody (*) to riiGF- IR-coated beads inthe presence of the unlabeled aitibody (24-31, 2457, 17-69, 1-2, 1H7,2C8, 3B7)
  • hRl does not (FIG.9).
  • hRl is not agonistic upon binding to IGF-IR. Internalization of hRl into MCF-7 was observed at 37 °C but not at 4 °C (not shown).
  • B 13-24 cells containing an IgG4 gene are purchased from ATCC (ATCC Number
  • CRL- 1 13957 and genomic DNA is isolated. Briefly, cells are washed with PBS, resuspended in digestion buffer (100 mM NaCl, 10 niM Tris-HCl pH8.0, 25 mM EDTA pH8.0, 0.5%
  • Genomic DNA is recovered by centrifugation and dissolved in TE buffer. Using genomic DNA as template, the IgG4 gene is amplified by PCR using the following primers.
  • Amplified PCR product is cloned into a TOPO-TA sequencing vector (Invitrogen) and confirmed by DNA sequencing.
  • the SacII-EagI fragment containing the heavy chain constant region of IgGl in hRlpdHL2 is replaced with SacII-EagI of the TOPO-TA-IgG4 plasmid to produce the hRl-pdHL2-IgG4 (hRlpdHL2-y4) vector.
  • a Ser228Pro mutation is introduced in the hinge region of IgG4 to avoid formation of half-molecules.
  • a mutated hinge region 56 bp fragment (Pstl-StuI) is synthesized
  • the DNL technique may be used to make multivalent, hRl-based antibodies in various formats that are either monospecific or bispecific. For certain preferred embodiments
  • Fab antibody fragments may be produced as fusion proteins containing either a DDD or AD sequence.
  • Bispecific antibodies may be formed by combining a Fab-DDD fusion protein of a first antibody with a Fab- AD fusion protein of a second antibody.
  • an IgG-AD module may be produced as a fusion protein and combines with a Fab-DDD module of the same or different specificity. Additional types of constructs may be made that combine the targeting capabilities of an antibody with the effector function of any other protein or peptide.
  • DDD- or AD-fusion protein Independent transgenic cell lines are developed for each DDD- or AD-fusion protein. Once produced, the modules can be purified if desired or maintained in the cell culture supernatant fluid. Following production, any Fab-DDD module can be combined with any AD-module. DDD- or AD-modules may be produced synthetically such as linkinging an AD- sequence to polyethylene glycol or a DDD-sequence to an oligonucleotide. For different types of constructs, different AD or DDD sequences may be utilized.
  • DDD1 SHIQIPPGLTELLQGYTVEVLRQQPPDLVEFAVEYFTRLREARA (SEQ ID NO: 15)
  • DDD2 CGHIQIPPGLTELLQGYTVEVLRQQPPDLVEFAVEYFTRLREARA (SEQ ID NO: 16)
  • AD1 QIEYLAKQIVDNAIQQA (SEQ ID NO: 17)
  • AD2 CGQIEYLAKQIVDNAIQQAGC (SEQ ID NO: 18)
  • the plasmid vector pdHL2 has been used to produce a number of antibodies and antibody-based constructs. See, Gillies et al., J Immunol Methods (1989), 125: 191-202; Losman et al., Cancer (Phila) (1997), 80:2660-6.
  • the di-cistronic mammalian expression vector directs the synthesis of the heavy and light chains of IgG.
  • the vector sequences are mostly identical for many different IgG-pdHL2 constructs, with the only differences existing in the variable domain (VH and VL) sequences.
  • these IgG expression vectors can be converted into Fab-DDD, Fab-AD, or IgG- AD expression vectors, as described in detail below for Fab-DDD 1 and Fab-AD 1.
  • Fab-DDD 1 and Fab-AD 1 the coding sequences for the hinge, CH2 and CH3 domains of the heavy chain are replaced with a sequence encoding the first 4 residues of the hinge, a 14 residue Gly-Ser linker and DDD1 (the first 44 residues of human Rlla).
  • Fab-AD 1 To generate the expression vector for Fab-AD 1 , the sequences for the hinge, CH2 and CH3 domains of IgG are replaced with a sequence encoding the first 4 residues of the hinge, a 15 residue Gly-Ser linker and AD1 (a 17 residue synthetic AD called AKAP- S 1 , which was generated using bioinformatics and peptide array technology and shown to bind Rlla dimers with a very high affinity (0.4 nM). See Alto, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A (2003), 100:4445-50).
  • the CH I domain was amplified by PCR using the pdHL2 plasmid vector as a template.
  • the left PCR primer consists of the upstream (5') end of the CH I domain and a Sacll restriction endonuclease site, which is 5 ' of the CHI coding sequence.
  • the right primer consists of the sequence coding for the first 4 residues of the hinge (PKSC) followed by four glycines and a serine, with the final two codons (GS) comprising a Bam HI restriction site.
  • the 410 bp PCR amplimer was cloned into the pGemT PCR cloning vector (Promega, Inc.) and clones were screened for inserts in the T7 (5') orientation.
  • a duplex oligonucleotide designated (G 4 S) 2 DDD1 ("(G 4 S) 2 " disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 55), was synthesized by Sigma Genosys (Haverhill, UK) to code for the amino acid sequence of DDD1 preceded by 1 1 residues of the linker peptide, with the first two codons comprising a BamHI restriction site. A stop codon and an Eagl restriction site are appended to the 3 'end. The encoded polypeptide sequence is shown below.
  • the two oligonucleotides designated RIIA1 -44 top and RIIA1 -44 bottom, that overlap by 30 base pairs on their 3 ' ends, were synthesized (Sigma Genosys) and combined to comprise the central 154 base pairs of the 174 bp DDD1 sequence.
  • the oligonucleotides were annealed and subjected to a primer extension reaction with Taq polymerase.
  • the duplex was amplified by PCR using the following primers:
  • G4S Bam-Left (“G4S” disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54) 5 ' -GGATCCGGAGGTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGAGGT-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:36)
  • This amplimer was cloned into pGemT and screened for inserts in the T7 (5') orientation.
  • a duplex oligonucleotide designated (G 4 S) 2 -AD1 ("(G 4 S) 2 " disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 55), was synthesized (Sigma Genosys) to code for the amino acid sequence of ADl preceded by 1 1 residues of the linker peptide with the first two codons comprising a BamHI restriction site. A stop codon and an Eagl restriction site are appended to the 3 'end. The encoded polypeptide sequence is shown below.
  • AKAP-IS Top Two complimentary overlapping oligonucleotides, designated AKAP-IS Top and AKAP-IS Bottom, were synthesized.
  • duplex was amplified by PCR using the following primers:
  • G4S Bam-Left (“G4S" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54) 5 '-GGATCCGGAGGTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGAGGT-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:24)
  • This amplimer was cloned into the pGemT vector and screened for inserts in the T7 (5') orientation.
  • a 190 bp fragment encoding the DDD1 sequence was excised from pGemT with BamHI and Notl restriction enzymes and then ligated into the same sites in C H l-pGemT to generate the shuttle vector C H l-DDDl-pGemT.
  • a 1 10 bp fragment containing the AD1 sequence was excised from pGemT with BamHI and Notl and then ligated into the same sites in CHl-pGemT to generate the shuttle vector CH 1 -AD 1 -pGemT.
  • CHI -DDD I or CH1-AD1 can be incorporated into any IgG- pdHL2 vector.
  • the entire heavy chain constant domain is replaced with one of the above constructs by removing the SacII/EagI restriction fragment (CH1-CH3) from pdHL2 and replacing it with the SacII/EagI fragment of CHI -DDD I or CHI -AD I, which is excised from the respective pGemT shuttle vector.
  • CH 1 -DDD2-Fab-hRl -pdHL2 is an expression vector for production of C H 1-DDD2- Fab-hRl, which possesses a dimerization and docking domain sequence of DDD2 appended to the carboxyl terminus of the Fd via a 14 amino acid residue Gly/Ser peptide linker.
  • the expression vector was engineered as follows. Two overlapping, complimentary oligonucleotides, which comprise the coding sequence for part of the linker peptide
  • GGGGSGGGCG SEQ ID NO:26
  • residues 1 - 13 of DDD2 were made synthetically.
  • the oligonucleotides were annealed and phosphorylated with T4 PNK, resulting in overhangs on the 5' and 3' ends that are compatible for ligation with DNA digested with the restriction endonucleases BamHI and Pstl, respectively.
  • G4S-DDD2 top (“G4S” disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54)
  • G4S-DDD2 bottom (“G4S” disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54)
  • the duplex DNA was ligated with the shuttle vector CHl-DDDl-pGemT, which was prepared by digestion with BamHI and Pstl, to generate the shuttle vector CH1-DDD2- pGemT.
  • a 507 bp fragment was excised from CHl-DDD2-pGemT with Sacll and Eagl and ligated with the IgG expression vector hRlpdHL2, which was prepared by digestion with Sacll and Eagl.
  • the final expression construct is C H l-DDD2-Fab-hRl-pdHL2.
  • C H l-AD2-Fab-h679-pdHL2 is an expression vector for the production of CHI-AD2- Fab-h679 and is useful as a template for the DNA sequence encoding AD2.
  • the expression vector is engineered as follows. Two overlapping, complimentary oligonucleotides (AD2 Top and AD2 Bottom), which comprise the coding sequence for AD2 and part of the linker sequence, are made synthetically. The oligonucleotides are annealed and phosphorylated with T4 polynucleotide kinase, resulting in overhangs on the 5' and 3' ends that are compatible for ligation with DNA digested with the restriction endonucleases BamHI and Spel, respectively.
  • duplex DNA is ligated into the shuttle vector Cnl-ADl-pGemT, which is prepared by digestion with BamHI and Spel, to generate the shuttle vector CH1-AD2- pGemT.
  • a 429 base pair fragment containing CHI and AD2 coding sequences is excised from the shuttle vector with SacII and Eagl restriction enzymes and ligated into h679-pdHL2 vector that is prepared by digestion with those same enzymes, resulting in C H l-AD2-Fab- h679-pdHL2.
  • CH3-AD2-IgG modules have an AD2 peptide fused to the carboxyl terminus of the heavy chain of IgG via a 9 amino acid residue peptide linker.
  • the heavy chain-AD2 polypeptide is co-expressed with a light chain polypeptide, an IgG molecule is formed possessing two AD2 peptides, which can therefore bind two Fab-DDD2 dimers.
  • the CH3- AD2-IgG module can be combined with any CHl-DDD2-Fab module to generate a wide variety of hexavalent structures composed of an Fc fragment and six Fab fragments. If the CH3-AD2-IgG module and the CHl-DDD2-Fab module are derived from the same parental monoclonal antibody (MAb) the resulting complex is monospecific with 6 binding arms to the same antigen.
  • a plasmid shuttle vector was produced to facilitate the conversion of any IgG-pdHL2 vector into a Cn3-AD2-IgG-pdHL2 vector.
  • the gene for the Fc was amplified using the pdHL2 vector as a template and the oligonucleotides Fc Bglll Left and Fc Bam-EcoRI Right as primers.
  • the amplimer was cloned in the pGemT PCR cloning vector.
  • the Fc insert fragment was excised from pGemT with Xbal and BamHI restriction enzymes and ligated with AD2- pdHL2 vector that was prepared by digestion of C H l-AD2-Fab-h679-pdHL2 with Xbal and BamHI, to generate the shuttle vector Fc-AD2-pdHL2.
  • the DNL method is used to create Hex-hRl, a monospecific anti-IGF-lR with one Fc and six Fabs, by combining C H 3-AD2-IgGhRl with C H l-DDD2-Fab-hRl .
  • Hex-hRl is made in four steps.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline, pH 7.4
  • Step 2 Mild Reduction: Reduced glutathione (GSH) is added to a final concentration of 1 mM and the solution is held at room temperature (16 - 25°C) for 1 to 24 hours.
  • GSH Reduced glutathione
  • Step 3 Mild Oxidation: Following reduction, oxidized glutathione (GSSH) is added directly to the reaction mixture to a final concentration of 2 mM and the solution is held at room temperature for 1 to 24 hours.
  • GSSH oxidized glutathione
  • Step 4 Isolation of the DNL product: Following oxidation, the reaction mixture is loaded directly onto a Protein- A affinity chromatography column. The column is washed with PBS and the Hex-hRl eluted with 0.1 M Glycine, pH 2.5. The unreacted C H l-DDD2-Fab-hRl is removed from the desired product in the unbound fraction.
  • Other hexavalent DNL constructs can be prepared similarly by mixing a selected pair of Cn3-AD2-IgG and C H l-DDD2-Fab.
  • Zenon-labeled various parental antibodies as well as multivalent antibodies derived from these antibodies were used to assess the expression levels of cognate antigens in several cancer cell lines by flow cytometry performed on Guava instrument.
  • Expression of IGF-IR was confirmed by the binding of hRl to MCF-7 (breast cancer), CaPanl (pancreatic cancer), and DU-145 (prostate cancer), as shown in FIG.10.
  • the dual expression of IGF-IR and AFP in HepG2 (liver cancer) was also shown in FIG.
  • hRl may not appear to prevent the binding of IGF-1 to bead-immobilized rhIGF-lR, it effectively blocks IGF-1 from activating various signaling molecules in three cell lines (MCF-7, DU-145, and ME-180), as collectively shown in FIGs 16 to 20, by the reduced levels of phosphorylated IGF-IR (pIGF-lR), phosphorylated Akt (pAkt), and phosphorylated ERK1/2 (pERKl/2).
  • the described methods and compositions are of use for therapy of prostate cancer.
  • the Examples disclosed above provide in vitro results, showing hRl, as well as its hexavalent derivatives made by DNL (Hex-hRl , 1R-E1, and E1-1R), can effectively downregulate IGF-IR and inhibit IGF-1 from stimulating the proliferation of androgen- independent DU-145 cells.
  • the higher potency observed for the DNL constructs is presumably due to their enhanced avidity which may be further amplified for the bispecific counterparts because the increase in targetable antigens on the cell surface.
  • IGF-1R is expressed in various solid tumors and hematologic malignancies
  • the skilled artisan will realize that the claimed compositions and methods are also of use for therapy of other known IGF- 1 R expressing cancers, such as multiple myeloma and hepatoma.
  • Example 11 Effects of various hRl constructs in the MCF-7 breast cancer xenograft model
  • mice Four-week old female athymic (nu/nu) mice are implanted with 60-day release pellets of 0.5 mg 17p-estradiol (Sachdev et al., Cancer Res. 2003; 63:627-35) and then injected with 10 million MCF-7 human breast cancer cells subcutaneously.
  • mice When the tumors measure an average volume of 200 mm , groups of 9 mice are randomized for intraperitoneal treatment with the following agents, twice per week for 4 consecutive weeks: (1) saline controls, same volume as test substances; (2) 400 ⁇ g hRl IgG; (3) 800 ⁇ g hRl IgG; (4) 400 ⁇ g hRS7 IgG (anti-EGP-1); (5) 800 ⁇ g hRS7 IgG; (6) 300 ⁇ g 1R-E1 hexavalent construct (hRl IgG-hRS7- 4 Fab's); (7) 600 ⁇ g 1R-E1 ; and (8) 800 ⁇ g 1R-E1.
  • agents twice per week for 4 consecutive weeks: (1) saline controls, same volume as test substances; (2) 400 ⁇ g hRl IgG; (3) 800 ⁇ g hRl IgG; (4) 400 ⁇ g hRS7 IgG (anti-EGP-1); (5) 800 ⁇ g hRS7
  • Tumor volumes are measured bidirectionally with a caliper twice weekly, beginning on the day of randomization and treatment; animal weights are also taken twice weekly.
  • mice become moribund or lose more than 20% of body weight, or when the tumors reach a size of 2.5 cm , they are sacrificed, and tumors and normal tissues removed and preserved in formalin for histological and immunohistochemical analyses.
  • the experiment is terminated, and shows continuous tumor growth of the controls, which are sacrificed as early as 5 weeks after therapy onset and then over the next 2 weeks.
  • Example 12 Effects of hRl constructs in BxPC3 human pancreatic and Colo205 human colonic cancer xenografts
  • Tumor xenografts in 5-6-week-old female nu/nu athymic mice are injected s.c. with 2 million BxPC3 human pancreatic cancer or Colo205 human colonic cancer cells mixed in Matrigel, and allowed to grow to about 200 mm in size, and are randomized into groups of 1 1 each.
  • Mice are treated by i.p. injection twice weekly of saline vehicle (control) or test substances at various doses for 4 consecutive weeks. Tumors are measured and the animals weighed and observed as per the prior Example. For each of the tumor models, the following doses are given, with the percentages of tumor growth-inhibition, GI (comparing mean volumes of treated vs. control groups before more than 20%> of the control mice are sacrificed because of advanced tumor growth) in parentheses:
  • Example 13 Effects of effects of hRl constructs alone and in combination with bortezomib in a multiple myeloma xenografts model
  • CAG human myeloma cells are grown in cell culture to a density that allows 1 million cells to be harvested for transplantation to 6-8-week old female SCID mice obtained from Charles River Laboratories (Frederick, MD). The mice are immunosuppressed by Charles River Laboratories (Frederick, MD).
  • mice pretreatment with fludarabine and cyclophosphamide 3 days before intravenous injection of 5-10 x 16 6 myeloma cells as described in Stein et al. (Blood. 2004; 104:3705-1 1). Mice are examined daily for signs of distress or hind-leg paralysis, and weighed weekly. Paralysis of the hind legs or a weight loss of > 20% is used as the survival endpoint, when the animals are euthanized. Groups of 8-10 mice are used. A dose-response study with hRl given i.p.
  • mice treated with the saline vehicle or with an unreactive isotype control antibody which has a median survival of 40 days.
  • the median survival of the hRl -treated mice ranged from 80 to 100 days, and shows a dose-response.
  • the effects of combining bortezomib with hRl are evaluated in the same myeloma model. Treatments are given as two i.p. doses/week for 3 weeks, initiated on day 5 after injection of the myeloma cells.
  • Example 14 Effects of combination therapy of 90 Y-hPAM4 radioimmunotherapy with gemcitabine and anti-IGFRl antibody (hRl) immunotherapy in pancreatic cancer
  • YS is a 61 -year-old male diagnosed 2 months earlier with stage III/IV, metastatic, inoperable pancreatic adenocarcinoma, having a 6 cm diameter pancreatic lesion at the head of the pancreas and two metastases to the liver of about 3 and 4 cm in diameter.
  • the patient has an elevated CA19.9 titer of 7,200, but with most other laboratory values either borderline or within the normal range. He is active, but is easily fatigued, has occasional abdominal pains requiring minimal medication, and has lost about 10 kg since diagnosis. He opts for an investigational treatment involving a 4-week therapy consisting of gemcitabine (GEMZAR®)
  • In-DOTA-hPAM4 antibody (labeled as described in Sharkey et al. [J Nucl Med. 2003 Dec;44(12):2000-18] given by infusion also on week 1 to assess antibody localization by immunoscintigraphy, followed by the next 3 consecutive weekly infusions of 12 mCi/m 2 of 90 Y-DOTA-hPAM4 (labeled as per Sharkey et al., ibid).
  • doses of hRl of 10 mg/kg, 16 mg/kg, 16 mg/kg, and 20 mg/kg are given by i.v. infusion.
  • CT measurements indicate a 1-cm reduction of the primary tumor, and an approximately 33% reduction in the two liver metastases.
  • the CA19.9 titer measures 930 representing a major drop from 7,200.
  • follow-up studies 4 weeks later confirm continued reductions of the SUV values and either stabilization or a slight reduction of the sizes of the tumors, as measured by CT.
  • the patient has been normally active during this period, has no fatigue or pain, and has gained back 4 kg body weight. There are no hematological or other laboratory abnormalities.
  • RS is a 71 -year-old woman with no prior serious illness and presenting with metastatic colonic cancer post resection of a sigmoid colon B3 adenocarcinoma 6 months earlier. She refuses post-operative radiation or chemotherapy. Her blood CEA titer is elevated at 1 1 ng/ml. FDG-PET/CT imaging shows no recurrence at the primary resection, but 3 discrete lesions (2-4 cm in diameter) in the right liver lobe and 1 larger lesion (6 cm) in the left liver lobe. Not being a candidate for salvage liver resection, she undergoes a combination of FOLFIRI combined with hRl therapy.
  • irinotecan is given in 500 ml normal saline as a 2-h infusion
  • 400 mg/m 2 of folinic acid is given as an i.v. bolus over 2 hours, followed by fluorouracil (2,400 mg/m ) as a continuous 46-h infusion, every 2 weeks.
  • Anti-IGF-IR antibody, hRl is given at 10 mg/kg as a slow infusion weekly x 2 weeks, including premedication as in the prior patient Example. Eight cycles of this combination therapy are given.
  • FDG-PET/CT scans indicate a 60% reduction of size and also an SUV reduction of the left lobe metastasis, while 2 of 3 right lobe metastases appear about 1 cm in diameter while the third is unchanged. SUV values for 2 of the 3 are reduced to almost 0, and the third is 3.2. No change in circulating CEA is noted.
  • 2 of 3 right lobe metastases are not visible, and the third is about 1.5 cm in diameter.
  • the left lobe tumor now measures 3 cm in diameter.
  • the patient is considered to be in a partial response, which is ongoing at 8 months from end of therapy.
  • Example 16 Therapy of a Patient with Hepatocelluar Carcinoma with Radiolabeled hRl Monoclonal Antibody [0216]
  • a 57-year-old man presenting with jaundice, malaise, loss of weight, and general weakness, is diagnosed with an inoperable hepatocellular carcinoma that appears by computed tomography to extend about 6 cm in diameter in the right lobe of the liver, and to also appear as a single 3-cm lesion in the left lobe. The right lobe lesion is confirmed by biopsy to be hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • the patient is given two cycles of hRl monoclonal antibody conjugated by DOTA with 90 Y, as described in Sharkey et al. (J Nucl Med. 2003 Dec;44(12):2000-18), so that an infusion is administered for each therapy dose of 25 mCi (100 mg antibody protein).
  • the first therapy is given in an outpatient setting, and is repeated 6 weeks later.
  • a diagnostic dose of 1 1 'in conjugated by DOTA to the antibody is also injected in order to demonstrate tumor targeting and to estimate the radiation dose delivered to the tumor and to other normal tissues, such as liver, kidney and bone marrow, so that the therapeutic dose with 90 Y, given a week later, can be adjusted so as not to induce normal tissue/organ toxicity beyond what is considered tolerable (e.g., 2000 cGy to kidneys).
  • CT computer tomography
  • Example 17 Therapy of a Patient with 90 Y-Iabeled hRl Antibody Combined with naked hRl Antibody
  • a 62-year-old man has a history of Dukes' C rectal carcinoma that is resected 3 years earlier, followed by radiation therapy and 5-fluorouracil/folinic acid chemotherapy.
  • the patient begins to show a rise in his plasma CEA titer, reaching a level of 30 ng/mL.
  • the patient undergoes various diagnostic procedures because of a suspected recurrence. It is found, by computed tomography, that there are two metastases present in his liver, one being 3 cm in diameter in his right lobe, and the other being somewhat smaller in the left lobe, close to the interlobe ligament.
  • the patient is first given 3 weekly infusions of 10 mg/kg hRl antibody, followed by a dose of 25 mCi 90 Y conjugated to hRl antibody, given at a protein dose of 50 mg by intravenous infusion over a period of 2 hours, on the third week of naked hRl therapy, prior to the third hRl injection. This therapy is repeated two months later.
  • the patient shows a drop of his white blood cells and platelets, measured 2-4 weeks after the last therapy infusion, but recuperates at the 8-week post-therapy evaluation.
  • the computed tomography findings at 3 months post-therapy reveal 40% shrinkage of the major tumor metastasis of the right liver lobe, and a lesser reduction in the left-lobe tumor.
  • Example 18 Treatment of a Breast Cancer Patient with Y-90 hRl MAb and with Naked hRl MAb
  • her white blood cell and platelet counts decrease by approximately 50%, but recuperate by 9 weeks post-therapy.
  • an approximately 30% decrease in pulmonary and nodal metastases is measured by computed tomography.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides compositions and methods of use of anti-IGF-1R antibodies or fragments. Preferably the antibodies bind to IGF-1R but not IR; are not agonists for IGF-1R; do not block binding of IGF-1 or IGF-2 to isolated IGF-1R; effectively neutralize activation of IGF-1R by IGF-1 in intact cells; block binding of R1 antibody to IGF-1R. The antibodies may be murine, chimeric, humanized or human R1 antibodies comprising heavy chain CDR sequences DYYMY (SEQ ID NO:1), YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG (SEQ ID NO:2) and QSNYDYDGWFAY (seq id no:3) and light chain CDR sequences KASQEVGTAVA (seq id no:4), WASTRHT (SEQ ID NO:5) and QQYSNYPLT (SEQ ID NO:6). Preferably the antibodies bind an epitope of IGF-1R comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-1R (residues 151-222). The anti-IGF-1R antibodies may be used for diagnosis or therapy of various diseases such as cancer.

Description

NOVEL CLASS OF MONOSPECIFIC AND BISPECIFIC HUMANIZED ANTIBODIES THAT TARGET THE INSULIN-LIKE GROWTH FACTOR
TYPE I RECEPTOR (IGF-IR)
Field of the Invention
[01] The present application claims priority to PCT Patent Application Serial No.
PCT US 10/21345, filed January 19, 2010, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Sequence Listing
[02] The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted via EFS-Web and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on March 9, 2010, is named IMM316W02.txt, and is 19,152 bytes in size.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention
[03] The present invention relates to antibodies and antigen-binding antibody fragments that bind to the insulin-like growth factor type I receptor (IGF-IR), but not to the insulin receptor (IR). In preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF- 1R antibody is not an agonist for IGF- IR. In more preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF- IR antibody binds to an epitope of IGF-IR comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-IR, between amino acid residues 151 and 222. In most preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF- IR antibody does not block binding of IGF-1 or IGF-2 to isolated IGF-IR, but effectively neutralizes the activation of IGF-IR by IGF-1 in situ in intact cells or tissues. In other embodiments, the mouse anti-IGF- 1R antibody, designated as Rl , comprises the heavy chain variable region complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2
(YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain variable region CDR sequences CDR1 (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6). In more preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF- IR antibody is a humanized, chimeric or human Rl antibody, designated as hRl, comprising the CDR sequences recited above. In most preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF-Rl antibody is a humanized antibody comprising the recited CDR sequences and human antibody constant and framework (FR) region sequences. ΓΛ , . ι „ , , , ,
[0 J Such antibodies and fragments are of use for detection and/or therapy ot a wide variety of cancers where IGF-IR expression is important for cancer cell transformation, growth, survival, metastasis or resistance to other therapeutic agents, including but not limited to Wilms' tumor, Ewing sarcoma, neuroblastoma, neuroendocrine tumors, melanoma, glioblastomas, skin, breast, head-and-neck, colon, rectal, gastric, esophageal, ovarian, bladder, prostate, liver, renal, pancreatic and/or lung cancers, as well as lymphomas, leukemias, and myelomas. The anti-IGF-lR antibodies and/or antibody fragments may be used in compositions and therapeutic methods either alone or in conjunction with other cytotoxic agents such as cancer chemotherapeutic agents, pro-apoptotic agents, radionuclides, EGFR inhibitors (e.g. erlotinib or anti-EGFR antibodies), anti-angiogenesis agents (e.g., anti- VEGF and anti-PlGF peptdes or antibodies) and/or other IGF-IR inhibitors such as tryphostins (e.g., AG1024, AG538), pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivatives (e.g., NVP- AEW541) or other anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antibodies against other tumor-associated antigens (TAA). The anti-IGF-lR antibodies may be naked antibodies or may be conjugated to one or more therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents. The antibodies may be murine, chimeric, humanized or human anti-IGF-lR antibodies.
[05] Other embodiments may relate to multispecific antibodies, bispecific antibodies, antibody fusion proteins or fragments thereof comprising at least one anti-IGF-lR monoclonal antibody (MAb) or fragment thereof, in some cases in combination with a second, different antibody or fragment. The antibodies, fragments or antibody fusion proteins may be administered alone, as a therapeutic immunoconjugate or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents, with other naked antibodies or other immunoconjugates. Still other embodiments relate to DNA sequences encoding anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antibody fusion proteins, vectors and host cells containing the DNA sequences, and methods of making the anti-IGF-lR antibodies. Further embodiments concern multivalent, multispecific and/or multifunctional constructs made by the dock-and-lock (DNL) technique that incorporate anti- IGF-IR antibodies, fusion proteins and/or fragments thereof.
Related Art
[06] The insulin-like growth factor type I receptor (IGF-IR) is a member of the large class of tyrosine kinase receptors, which regulate a variety of intracellular pathways. IGF-IR binds IGF-l, a polypeptide hormone structurally similar to insulin (Laron, Mol Pathol. 2001, 54:311 -16). The IGF-1 receptor is homologous to the insulin receptor (IR), sharing about 70% overall sequence homology with IR (Riedemann and Macaulay, Endocrine-Related Cancer, 2006, 13:S33-43). Not surprisingly, inhibitors developed against IGF-1R tend to show cross-reactivity with the insulin receptor, accounting for at least part of the toxicity profiles of such compounds (Miller and Yee, 2005, Cancer Res. 65: 10123-27; Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006).
[07] The IGF system plays an important role in regulating cell proliferation,
differentiation, apoptosis and transformation (Jones et al, Endocrinology Rev. 1995. 16:3-34). The IGF system comprises two receptors, insulin like growth factor receptor 1 (IGF-1R; CD221) and insulin like growth factor receptor 2 (IGF-2R; CD222); two ligands, insulin like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) and IGF-2; and several IGF binding proteins (IGFBP-1 to IGFBP-6). In addition, a large group of IGFBP proteases (e.g., caspases, metalloproteinases, prostate- specific antigen) hydrolyze IGF bound IGFBP to release free IGFs, which then interact with IGF-1 R and IGF-2R.
[08] IGF-1R comprises two extracellular a subunits (130-135 kD) and two membrane spanning β-subunits (95 kD) that contain the cytoplasmic tyrosine kinase domain. IGF-1R, like the insulin receptor (IR), differs from other receptor tyrosine kinase family members by having a covalent dimeric (α2β2) structure. IGF-1R contains 84% sequence identity to IR in the kinase domain, while the membrane and C-terminal regions share 61% and 44% sequence identity, respectively (Ulrich et al, EMBO J., 1986, 5:2503-12; Blakesley et al., Cytokine Growth Factor Rev., 1996. 7: 153-56).
[09] IGF- 1 and IGF-2 are activating ligands of IGF- 1 R. Binding of IGF- 1 and IGF-2 to the a-chain induces conformational changes that result in autophosphorylation of each β- chain at specific tyrosine residues, converting the receptor from the unphosphorylated inactive state to the phosphorylated active state. The activation of three tyrosine residues in the activation loop (Tyr residues at 1 131, 1 135 and 1 136) of the kinase domain leads to an increase in catalytic activity that triggers docking and phosphorylation of substrates such as IRS-1 and She adaptor proteins. Activation of these substrates leads to phosphorylation of additional proteins involved in the signaling cascade of survival (PI3 , AKT, TOR, S6) and/or proliferation (mitogen-activated protein kinase, p42/p44) (Pollak et al., Nature
Reviews Cancer. 2004. 4:505-516; Baserga et al., Biochim Biophys Acta. 1997. 1332:F105- F126; Baserga et al, Int. J. Cancer. 2003. 107:873-77).
[010] IGF-1R has anti-apoptotic effects in both normal and cancer cells (Resnicoff et al., 1995, Cancer Res. 55:2463-69; Kang et al, Am J Physiol Renal Physiol, 2003, 285:F1013- 24; Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006). IGF-1R activation has been reported to be significant in the development of resistance to a variety of cytotoxic agents, such as chemotherapeutic agents, radionuclides and EGFR inhibitors (Jones et al., Endocr Relat Cancer 2004, 1 1 :793- 814; Warshamana-Greene et al., 2005, Clin. Cancer Res. 1 1 : 1563-71 ; Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006; Lloret et al., 2007, Gynecol. Oncol. 106:8-1 1). IGF-1R is overexpressed in a wide range of tumor lines, such as melanoma, neuroblastoma, colon cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, breast cancer and pancreatic cancer (Ellis et al, 1998, Breast Cancer Treat. 52: 175-84; van Golen et al., 2000, Cell Death Differ. 7:654-65; Zhang et al, 2001, Breast Cancer Res. 2: 170-75; Jones et al, 2004; Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006). A functional IGF-1R is required for transformation and promotes cancer cell growth, survival and metastasis (Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006).
[011] Attempts have been made to develop IGF-1R inhibitors for use as anti-cancer agents, such as tyrphostins, pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivatives, nordihydroguaiaretic acid analogs, diaryureas, AG538, AG1024, NVP-AEW541, NVP-ADW742, BMS-5326924, BMS-554417, OSI-906, INSM-18, luteolin, simvastatin, silibinin, black tea polyphenols, picropodophyllin, anti-IGF-lR antibodies and siRNA inhibitors (Arteaga et al., 1998, J Clin Invest. 84: 1418-23; Warshamana-Greene et al., 2005; Klein and Fischer, 2002, Carcinogenesis 23:217-21 ; Blum et al., 2000, Biochemistry 39: 15705-12; Garcia-Echeverria et al, 2004, Cancer Cell 5:231- 39; Garber, 2005, JNCI 97:790-92; Bell et al., 2005, Biochemistry 44:930-40; Wu et al., 2005, Clin Cancer Res 1 1 :3065-74; Wang et al., 2005, Mol Cancer Ther 4: 1214-21 ; Singh and Agarwal, 2006, Mol Carinog. 45:436-42; Gable et al., 2006, Mol Cancer Ther 5:1079-86; Niu et al., Cell Biol Int., 2007, 31 : 156-64; Blecha et al., 2007, Biorg Med Chem Lett.
17:4026-29; Qian et al., 2007, Acta Biochim Biophys Sin, 39: 137-47; Fang et al., 2007, Carcinogenesis 28:713-23; Cohen et al, 2005, Clin Cancer Res 1 1 :2063-73; Sekine et al., Biochem Biophys Res Commun., 2008, 25:356-61 ; Haluska et al., 2008, J Clin Oncol.
26:May 20 suppl; abstr 14510; U.S. Patent Application Publ. No. 2006-233810, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference). Typically, these agents have tended to cross-react to a greater or lesser extent with both IGF-1R and IR and/or to act as IGF-1R agonists. The use of such agents for cancer therapy has been limited by their toxicity (Riedemann and Macaulay, 2006). A need exists in the field for anti-IGF-lR antibodies that (i) do not cross-react with the insulin receptor, (ii) exhibit a lower toxicity profile, (iii) neutralize the effect of IGF- 1 and IGF-2 on IGF-lR-expressing cells; (iv) preferably do not act as IGF-1R agonists; and (v) may not compete for binding to isolated IGF-1R with IGF-1 or IGF-2. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[012] The present invention provides compositions and methods of use of anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof. In preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF-lR antibodies bind to IGF- 1R but not to IR. In more preferred embodiments the anti-IGF-lR antibodies are not agonists of IGF-IR. In most preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF-lR antibodies bind to an epitope of IGF-IR comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-IR, between amino acid residues 151 and 222 of the human IGF-IR sequence. (See, e.g., Adams et al., Cell Mol Life Sci 57: 1050-93, 2000; NCBI Accession No. AAB22215). Protease cleavage by furin results in production of the a- chain, comprising residues 1-706, and the β-chain, comprising residues 71 1-1337. Residues 151-222 consists of the N-terminal half of the cysteine-rich domain (residues 151-300).
[013] Preferably, the anti-IGF-lR antibody is a murine, chimeric, humanized or human antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof comprising the heavy chain CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 ( ASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6). In alternative embodiments, the anti-IGF-lR antibody is a chimeric, humanized or human antibody that binds to the same epitope and/or that blocks binding to IGF-IR of a murine Rl antibody comprising the heavy chain CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6). The anti-IGF-lR antibody may be a naked antibody or may be an immunoconjugate attached to at least one therapeutic agent and/or at least one diagnostic agent.
[014] Various embodiments may concern multispecific antibodies, bispecific antibodies or antibody fusion proteins comprising at least one anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof or a first anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof and a second MAb. Other embodiments may concern pharmaceutical compositions for or methods of use of a first anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof and a second MAb for therapy of cancer. The second MAb may bind to a tumor-associated antigen (TAA), or a hapten, for example on a targetable construct. A variety of tumor-associated antigens are known in the art and any such known TAA may targeted by a second MAb, including but not limited to carbonic anhydrase IX, CCCL19, CCCL21, CSAp, CD1, CDla, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD5, CD8, CD1 1A, CD14, CD15, CD16, CD18, CD19, IGF-1R, CD20, CD21, CD22, CD23, CD25, CD29, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD55, CD59, CD64, CD66a-e, CD67, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD83, CD95, CD126, CD133, CD138, CD147, CD154, AFP, PSMA, CEACAM5, CEACAM-6, B7, ED-B of fibronectin, Factor H, FHL-1, Flt-3, folate receptor, GROB, HMGB-1, hypoxia inducible factor (HIF), HM1.24, insulin-like growth factor- 1 (ILGF-1), IFN-γ, IFN-a, IFN-β, IL-2, IL-4R, IL-6R, IL-13R, IL-15R, IL- 17R, IL-18R, IL-6, IL-8, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, IL-25, IP-10, MAGE, mCRP, MCP-1, MIP-1A, MIP-1B, MIF, MUC1 , MUC2, MUC3, MUC4, MUC5, PAM4 antigen, NCA-95, NCA-90, la, HM1.24, EGP-1 , EGP-2, HLA-DR, tenascin, Le(y), RANTES, T101, TAC, Tn antigen, Thomson-Friedenreich antigens, tumor necrosis antigens, TNF-a, TRAIL receptor (Rl and R2), VEGFR, EGFR, P1GF, complement factors C3, C3a, C3b, C5a, C5, and an oncogene product.
[015] The second MAb may be selected from any of a wide variety of anti-cancer antibodies known in the art, including but not limited to hPAM4 (U.S. Patent No. 7,282,567), hA20 (U.S. Patent No. 7,251 ,164), hA19 (U.S. Patent No. 7,109,304), WMMU31 (U.S. Patent No. 7,300,655), hLLl (U.S. Patent No. 7,312,318, ), hLL2 (U.S. Patent No. 7,074,403), hMu-9 (U.S. Patent No. 7,387,773), hL243 (U.S. Patent No. 7,612,180), hMN-14 (U.S. Patent No. 6,676,924), hMN-15 (U.S. Patent No. 7,541,440), hRl (U.S. Provisional Patent Application 61/145,896), hRS7 (U.S. Patent No. 7,238,785), hMN-3 (U.S. Patent No. 7,541,440), AB- PG1-XG1-026 (U.S. Patent Application 1 1/983,372, deposited as ATCC PTA-4405 and PTA-4406) and D2/B (WO 2009/130575) the text of each recited patent or application is incorporated herein by reference with respect to the Figures and Examples sections. The second MAb may also be selected from any anti-hapten antibody known in the art, including but not limited to h679 (U.S. Patent No. 7,429,381) and 734 (U.S. Patent No. 7,405,320) or h734, the text of each of which is incorporated herein by reference. In certain embodiments, a second, different anti-IGF-lR antibody may be used, such as any of the anti-IGF-lR antibodies in clinical development (see, e.g., Ryan and Goss, The Oncologist, 2008, 13:16- 24).
[016] Other embodiments may concern therapeutic or diagnostic conjugates of anti-IGF-lR MAbs or fragments thereof or antibody fusion proteins, bound to at least one therapeutic agent or at least one diagnostic agent. Antibodies and fusion proteins with multiple therapeutic agents of the same or different type are also encompassed. In alternative embodiments, the antibodies, fragments or fusion proteins may be used in therapeutic or diagnostic pre-targeting methods, for example using bispecific antibodies with one arm that binds specifically to a tumor-associated antigen and a second arm that binds to a targetable construct attached to one or more diagnostic or therapeutic agents. Methods of pre-targeting with bispecific antibodies are well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,300,644; 7,138,103; 7,074,405; 7,052,872; 6,962,702; 6,458,933, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
[017] Various embodiments concern methods of using the anti-IGF-lR MAbs or fragments thereof or antibody fusion proteins for therapy or diagnosis, either alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents. The anti-IGF-lR MAb may be used as a naked antibody or as an immunoconjugate attached to one or more therapeutic agents and/or diagnostic agents. Either naked anti-IGF-lR MAbs or immunoconjugates may be used in combination therapies administered before, simultaneously with or after one or more other therapeutic agents. Any therapeutic agent known in the art, as discussed in more detail below, may be utilized in combination with or attached to an anti-IGF-lR MAb, including but not limited to radionuclides, immunomodulators, anti-angiogenic agents, cytokines, chemokines, growth factors, hormones, drugs, prodrugs, enzymes, oligonucleotides, siRNAs, pro-apoptotic agents, photoactive therapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents, toxins, other antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof. In preferred embodiments the other therapeutic agent may be an EGFR inhibitor (e.g., erlotinib or anti-EGFR antibody, such as erbitux) and/or other IGF-1R inhibitors such as tryphostins (e.g., AG1024, AG538), pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivatives (e.g., NVP-AEW541) or other anti-IGF-lR antibodies.
[018] Any cancer or diseased cell that expresses IGF-1R may be treated and/or diagnosed with the anti-IGF-lR antibodies, including but not limited to Wilms' tumor, Ewing sarcoma, neuroendocrine tumors, glioblastomas, neuroblastoma, melanoma, skin, breast, colon, rectum, prostate, liver, renal, pancreatic and/or lung cancer, as well as lymphomas, leukemias, and myelomas. Other forms of cancer that may be treated include but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, biliary cancer, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, medullary thyroid carcinoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, ovarian cancer, glioma and urinary bladder cancer.
[019] Certain embodiments may comprise the therapeutic and/or diagnostic use of chimeric, humanized or human Rl antibodies comprising the heavy chain CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID N0:6). The use of chimeric antibodies is preferred because they do not elicit as strong a human anti-mouse antibody (HAMA) response as murine antibodies. The use of humanized antibodies is even more preferred, in order to further reduce the possibility of inducing a HAMA reaction. As discussed below, techniques for humanization of murine antibodies by replacing murine framework and constant region sequences with corresponding human antibody framework and constant region sequences are well known in the art and have been applied to numerous murine anti-cancer antibodies. Antibody humanization may also involve the substitution of one or more human framework amino acid residues with the corresponding residues from the parent murine framework region sequences.
[020] Still other embodiments relate to DNA sequences encoding anti-IGF-lR antibodies or antibody fusion proteins, vectors and host cells containing the DNA sequences, and methods of making the anti-IGF-lR antibodies. In preferred embodiments, the DNA sequences may comprise sequences coding for the hRl VH (SEQ ID NO:9) and hRl VK (SEQ ID NO: 10) variable region amino acid sequences. Further embodiments concern multivalent, multispecific and/or multifunctional constructs made by the dock-and-lock (DNL) technique that incorporate anti-IGF-lR antibodies, fusion proteins and/or fragments thereof.
Compositions and methods for production and use of DNL constructs have been reported (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,521,056; 7,550,143; 7,534,866; 7,527,787 and U.S. Patent Application Serial. Nos. 1 1/925,408, filed October 26, 2007, and 12/418,877, filed April 6, 2009; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[021] FIG. 1. Schematic diagram of plasmid cRlpdHL2.
[022] FIG. 2. Binding specificity of chimeric Rl (cRl) antibodies to immobilized recombinant human IGF-1R and recombinant human IR. The cRl was obtained from two different clones - 709.2D2 and 710.2G2. The cRl antibodies bind to human IGF-1R but not to the human insulin receptor (IR).
[023] FIG. 3. Binding affinity of cRl to immobilized recombinant human IGF-1R.
[024] FIG. 4. Competitive binding of murine Rl (ML04R1) and chimeric Rl (cRl) antibodies to immobilized recombinant human IGF-1R. [025] FIG. 5. Comparison of binding of humanized Rl (hRl), chimeric Rl (cRl) and murine Rl (ML04R1) antibodies to immobilized recombinant human IF-1R.
[026] FIG. 6. Chimeric Rl (cRl) does not block binding of IGF-1 or IGF-2 to immobilized recombinant human IGF-IR. 125I-labeled IGF-1 or IGF-2 was incubated with unlabeled IGF- 1 , IGF-2 or cRl .
[027] FIG. 7. Humanized Rl (hRl ) and murine Rl do not block binding of IGF- 1 to immobilized recombinant human IGF-IR. I-labeled IGF-1 was incubated with unlabeled IGF-1, MAb391 , hRl or Rl .
[028] FIG. 8. Binding of Rl antibody is not competitive with MAB391. Binding of fluorescently labeled Rl antibody (A) or MAB391 (B) to immobilized rhIGF-lR was determined in the presence of competing murine Rl antibody (ML04R1), MAB391, or control non-specific antibody hA20, which binds to CD20. The Rl antibody did not compete for binding to IGF-IR with MAB391.
[029] FIG. 9. Humanized Rl is not an agonist of the IGF-IR receptor. Unlike IGF-1, hRl did not stimulate the proliferation of MCF-7 cells in serum-free medium.
[030] FIG. 10. IGF-IR expression in cell lines determined by Guava Express analysis using Zenon-labeled antibodies. Expression of IGF-IR was confirmed by the binding of hRl to MCF-7 (breast cancer), CaPanl (pancreatic cancer), and DU-145 (prostate cancer).
[031] FIG. 11. Binding of DNL constructs comprising the hRl antibody or Fab fragments thereof to cell lines expressing IGF-IR. Hep G2 liver cancer cells were incubated with the DNL constructs TF-18 (humanized anti-AFP), 1R-31 (humanized anti -AFP/humanized anti- IGF-1R), 1R-15 (humanized anti-IGF-lR/humanized anti-CEACAM6), 31-1R (humanized anti-AFP IgG and hRl-IgG-AD2).
[032] FIG. 12. Binding of DNL constructs to MCF-7 cells (A), DU-145 cells (B) or ME- 180 cells (C), determined on FACScan with DNL constructs or intact antibodies. Hex refers to hexavalent DNL constructs. hRS7 is a humanized anti-EGP-1 antibody.
[033] FIG. 13. Effect of DNL constructs on neutralizing the growth stimulating activity of IGF-1 in DU-145 (A) and ME- 180 (B, C) cells expressing both IGF-IR and EGP-1. The Hex-hRl construct, comprising anti-IGF-lR, suppressed proliferation of DU-145 (A) and ME-180 (B). The 1R-E1 construct comprising anti-IGF-lR and anti-EGP-1 , suppressed proliferation of ME-180 (C).
[034] FIG. 14. Down-regulation of IGF-IR in MCF-7 and HT-29 cells treated with hRl, MAB391 and 24-60 antibodies but not hLL2 control antibody. [035] FIG. 15. Down-regulation of IGF- 1 R in (A) MCF-7 and DU- 145 cells treated with Hex-hRl ; (B) MCF-7, DU-145 and LNCaP cells treated with Hex-hRl and 1R-E1 DNL constructs.
[036] FIG. 16. Hex-hRl blocks IGF-1 activation of ERK1/2 phosphorylation in MCF-7 cells. Hex-hRl and control DNL construct Hex-hRS7 were added at 10 nM to cells treated with 100 ng/ml IGF-1.
[037] FIG. 17. 1R-E1 , El-IR and hRl block IGF-1 activation of IGF-1 R phosphorylation in ME-180 cells. The indicated concentrations of DNL construct 1R-E1 , El -Rl , hRl and control hRS7 antibodies were added to cells treated with 100 nM IGF-1
[038] FIG. 18. Hex-hRl blocks IGF- 1 activation of the phosphorylation of IGF- 1 R, Akt and ERK1/2 in MCF-7 cells. The indicated concentrations of DNL construct Hex-hRl , control Hex-hRS7 or hRl antibody were added to cells treated with 100 ng/ml IGF-1.
[039] FIG. 19. Bispecific hexavalent constructs 1R-E1 or El -IR inhibit phosphorylation of
IGF-1R, Akt and ERK1/2 in MCF-7 cells stimulated with 100 ng/ml IGF-1.
[040] FIG. 20. Hex-hRl inhibits phosphorylation of IGF-1R, Akt and ERK1/2 in DU-145 cells stimulated with 100 ng/ml IGF-1.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
[041] As used herein, the terms "a", "an" and "the" may refer to either the singular or plural, unless the context otherwise makes clear that only the singular is meant.
[042] As used herein, the term "about" means plus or minus ten percent (10%) of a value.
For example, "about 100" would refer to any number between 90 and 1 10.
[043] An antibody refers to a full-length (i.e., naturally occurring or formed by normal immunoglobulin gene fragment recombinatorial processes) immunoglobulin molecule (e.g. , an IgG antibody) or an immunologically active, antigen-binding portion of an
immunoglobulin molecule, like an antibody fragment.
[044] An antibody fragment is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, an anti-IGF-lR monoclonal antibody fragment binds to IGF-1R. The term "antibody fragment" also includes isolated fragments consisting of the variable regions, such as the "Fv" fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains and recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins")- As used herein, the term "antibody fragment" does not include portions of antibodies without antigen binding activity, such as Fc fragments or single amino acid residues.
[045] A naked antibody or naked antibody fragment refers to an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof which is not conjugated to a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies may include murine monoclonal antibodies, as well as recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric, humanized or human antibodies.
[046] A therapeutic agent is a molecule or atom which is administered separately, concurrently or sequentially with an antibody moiety or conjugated to an antibody moiety, i.e., antibody or antibody fragment, and is useful in the treatment of a disease. Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents include antibodies, antibody fragments, drugs, toxins, nucleases, hormones, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents, oligonucleotides (e.g. anti-sense oligonucleotides or RNAi) and radioisotopes.
[047] A diagnostic agent is a detectable molecule or atom that may be conjugated to an antibody, antibody fragment, targetable construct or other moiety for delivery to a cell, tissue, pathogen or other target associated with a disease or medical condition. Useful diagnostic agents include, but are not limited to, radioisotopes, dyes, contrast agents, fluorescent compounds or molecules and enhancing agents (e.g. paramagnetic ions for magnetic resonance imaging). In certain embodiments, a diagnostic agent may be an F-18 labeled moiety (e.g., U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 1 1/960,262; 12/1 12,289; PCT Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US08/62108; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.)
[048] An immunoconj ugate is a conjugate of an antibody component with at least one therapeutic or diagnostic agent. An antibody component may be conjugated with multiple therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents to form an immunoconj ugate.
[049] The term antibody fusion protein may refer to a recombinantly produced antigen- binding molecule in which one or more of the same or different single-chain antibody or antibody fragment segments with the same or different specificities are linked. Valency of the fusion protein indicates how many binding arms or sites the fusion protein has to a single antigen or epitope; i.e., monovalent, bivalent, trivalent or multivalent. The multivalency of the antibody fusion protein means that it can take advantage of multiple interactions in binding to an antigen, thus increasing the avidity of binding to the antigen. Specificity indicates how many antigens or epitopes an antibody fusion protein is able to bind; i.e., monospecific, bispecific, trispecific, multispecific. Using these definitions, a natural antibody, e.g., an IgG, is bivalent because it has two binding arms but is monospecific because it binds to one epitope. Monospecific, multivalent fusion proteins have more than one binding site for an epitope but only bind with one epitope. The fusion protein may comprise a single antibody component, a multivalent or multispecific combination of different antibody components or multiple copies of the same antibody component. The fusion protein may additionally comprise an antibody or an antibody fragment and a therapeutic agent. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators and toxins. One preferred toxin comprises a ribonuclease (RNase), preferably a recombinant RNase. However, the term is not limiting and a variety of protein or peptide effectors may be incorporated into a fusion protein. In another non-limiting example, a fusion protein may comprise an AD or DDD sequence for producing a DNL construct as discussed below.
[050] A multispecific antibody is an antibody that can bind simultaneously to at least two targets that are of different structure, e.g. , two different antigens, two different epitopes on the same antigen, or a hapten and/or an antigen or epitope. One specificity may be for a B- cell, T-cell, myeloid-, plasma- or mast-cell antigen or epitope. Another specificity may be to a different antigen on the same cell type, such as IGF-IR, CD19, CD20, CD21, CD23, CD45, CD80, HLA-DR, CD74, MUC1, and CD22 on B-cells. However, the second antigen is not limiting and other target antigens of use may be selected from the group consisting of carbonic anhydrase IX, CCCL19, CCCL21, CSAp, CD 1, CD la, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD5, CD8, CD1 1A, CD14, CD15, CD16, CD18, CD19, CD20, IGF-IR, CD21, CD22, CD23, CD25, CD29, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD55, CD59, CD64, CD66a-e, CD67, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD83, CD95, CD126, CD133, CD138, CD147, CD154, CEACAM5, CEACAM6, B7, ED-B fibronectin, Factor H, FHL-1 , Flt-3, folate receptor, GROB, HMGB-1, hypoxia inducible factor (HIF), HM1.24, insulin-like growth factor-1 (ILGF-1), IFN-γ, IFN-a, IFN-β, IL-2, IL-4R, IL-6R, IL-13R, IL-15R, IL-17R, IL-18R, IL-6, IL-8, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, IL-25, IP-10, MAGE, mCRP, MCP-1, MIP-1A, MIP-1B, MIF, MUC1, MUC2, MUC3, MUC4, MUC5, PAM4 antigen, NCA-95, NCA-90, PSMA, EGP-1, EGP-2, AFP, la, HM1.24, HLA-DR, tenascin, Le(y), RANTES, T101, TAC, Tn antigen, Thomson-Friedenreich antigens, tumor necrosis antigens, TNF-a, TRAIL receptor (Rl and R2), VEGFR, EGFR, PIGF, complement factors C3, C3a, C3b, C5a, C5, and an oncogene product. Multispecific, multivalent antibodies are constructs that have more than one binding site, and the binding sites are of different specificity. [051] In various embodiments, the present invention provides humanized, chimeric or human anti-IGF-lR antibodies, and antibody fusion proteins thereof, useful for treatment of mammalian subjects, humans and domestic animals, alone, as a conjugate or administered in combination with other therapeutic agents, including other naked antibodies and antibody therapeutic conjugates.
[052] Preferably, the anti-IGF-1 R antibody exhibits one or more functional characteristics selected from the group consisting of: (i) binds to IGF- 1R but not to IR; (ii) is not an agonist of IGF-IR; (iii) does not block binding of IGF- 1 or IGF-2 to isolated IGF-IR; (iv) effectively neutralizes the activation of IGF-IR by IGF-1 in intact cells or tissues; and (v) binds to an epitope of IGF-IR comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-IR, between amino acid residues 151 and 222 of the human IGF-IR sequence.
[053] In other preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF-1 R MAbs or fragments thereof comprise the heavy chain variable region complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain variable region CDR sequences CDR1 (KAS QEVGTA V A, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6). In most preferred embodiments, the anti- IGF-1 R antibody or fragment thereof is hRl .
[054] The humanized anti-IGF- 1 R MAb or fragment thereof may comprise the CDRs of a murine anti-IGF- 1R MAb and the framework (FR) and constant regions of the light and heavy chain variable regions of one or more human antibodies, while retaining the IGF-IR targeting specificity of the parent murine anti-IGF- 1R MAb. The humanized anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof may further comprise at least one amino acid from the corresponding FRs of the parent murine MAb. The murine framework amino acid residues can be substituted in the human FR regions of the light and heavy variable chains if necessary to maintain proper binding or to enhance binding to the IGF-IR antigen. More preferably the humanized anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof comprises the amino acid sequences of hRl VH (SEQ ID NO:9) and hRl VK (SEQ ID NO: 10).
[055] Chimeric anti-IGF- 1 R MAbs or fragments thereof may comprise the variable region sequences of a murine anti-IGF- 1R antibody, attached to human antibody constant region sequences. In preferred embodiments, the chimeric anti-IGF- 1R MAb comprises the heavy and light chain variable region sequences of murine Rl VH (SEQ ID NO:7) and Rl VK (SEQ ID NO:8). [056] Certain embodiments may concern an anti-IGF- 1 R MAb or fragment thereof that blocks binding to IGF-1R of a murine, chimeric, humanized or human antibody comprising the heavy chain complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3
(QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1
(KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO: 5) and CDR3
(QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
[057] Other embodiments may encompass antibody fusion proteins comprising at least one anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof, as described above. The antibody fusion protein may comprise at least one first anti-IGF- 1R MAb or fragment thereof and at least one second MAb or fragment thereof. More preferably the second MAb binds to an antigen selected from the group consisting of B7, CD4, CD5, CD8 CD14, CD15, CD16, CD19, IGF-1R, CD20, CD21, CD22, CD23, CD25, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD55, CD59, CD66a-e, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD95, CD126, CD133, CD138, CD 154, CEACAM5, CEACAM6, PAM4 antigen, PSMA, AFP, EGP-1, EGP-2, MIF, ED-B fibronectin, IL-2, IL-6, IL-25, MUC1, MUC2, MUC3, MUC4, MUC5, NCA-90, NCA-95, la, HM1.24, HLA-DR, tenascin, T101, TAC, TRAIL-R1 , TRAIL-R2, VEGFR, EGFR, P1GF, Flt-3, ILGF, complement factor C5, and an oncogene product. Alternatively the second MAb may be an anti-IGF- 1R MAb that is different than the anti-IGF- 1R MAb described herein.
Amino Acid Substitutions
[058] In certain embodiments, the disclosed methods and compositions may involve production and use of antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof with one or more substituted amino acid residues. As discussed below, methods for making monoclonal antibodies against virtually any target antigen are well known in the art. Typically, these result in production of murine antibodies against a target antigen. As is well known in the art, the antigen-binding specificity of murine monoclonal antibodies is determined largely by the hypervariable complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences. Murine antibodies generally comprise 6 CDR sequences, 3 on the antibody light chain and 3 on the heavy chain. As described in detail below, chimeric, humanized or human versions of murine antibodies may be constructed by techniques such as CDR grafting, where the murine CDR sequences are inserted into, for example, human antibody framework and constant region sequences, or by attaching the entire murine variable region sequences to human antibody constant region sequences. In alternative embodiments, the variable region sequences of an antibody may be constructed, for example, by chemical synthesis and assembly of oligonucleotides encoding the entire light and heavy chain variable regions of an antibody.
[059] In various embodiments, the structural, physical and/or therapeutic characteristics of native, chimeric, humanized or human antibodies may be optimized by replacing one or more amino acid residues. For example, it is well known in the art that the functional
characteristics of humanized antibodies may be improved by substituting a limited number of human framework region (FR) amino acids with the corresponding FR amino acids of the parent murine antibody. This is particularly true when the framework region amino acid residues are in close proximity to the CDR residues.
[060] In other cases, the therapeutic properties of an antibody, such as binding affinity for the target antigen, the dissociation- or off-rate of the antibody from its target antigen, or even the effectiveness of induction of CDC (complement-dependent cytotoxicity) or ADCC (antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity) by the antibody, may be optimized by a limited number of amino acid substitutions. Such substitutions may even occur, for example, in the CDR portions of the antibody. However, amino acid substitution is not limited to the CDR or framework region sequences of antibodies and may also occur, for example, in the Fc portion of an antibody.
[061] The skilled artisan will be aware that, in general, amino acid substitutions typically involve the replacement of an amino acid with another amino acid of relatively similar properties (i.e., conservative amino acid substitutions). The properties of the various amino acids and effect of amino acid substitution on protein structure and function have been the subject of extensive study and knowledge in the art.
[062] For example, the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982, J. Mol. Biol., 157: 105-132). The relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules. Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of its hydrophobicity and charge characteristics (Kyte & Doolittle, 1982), these are: isoleucine (+4.5); valine (+4.2); leucine (+3.8); phenylalanine (+2.8); cysteine/cystine (+2.5); methionine (+1.9); alanine (+1.8); glycine (-0.4); threonine (- 0.7); serine (-0.8); tryptophan (-0.9); tyrosine (-1.3); proline (-1.6); histidine (-3.2); glutamate (-3.5); glutamine (-3.5); aspartate (-3.5); asparagine (-3.5); lysine (-3.9); and arginine (-4.5). In making conservative substitutions, the use of amino acids whose hydropathic indices are within ± 2 is preferred, within ± 1 are more preferred, and within ± 0.5 are even more preferred.
[063] Amino acid substitution may also take into account the hydrophilicity of the amino acid residue (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,554,101). Hydrophilicity values have been assigned to amino acid residues: arginine (+3.0); lysine (+3.0); aspartate (+3.0); glutamate (+3.0); serine (+0.3); asparagine (+0.2); glutamine (+0.2); glycine (0); threonine (-0.4); proline (-0.5 .+-.1); alanine (-0.5); histidine (-0.5); cysteine (-1.0); methionine (-1.3); valine (-1.5); leucine (-1.8); isoleucine (-1.8); tyrosine (-2.3); phenylalanine (-2.5); tryptophan (-3.4). Replacement of amino acids with others of similar hydrophilicity is preferred.
[064] Other considerations include the size of the amino acid side chain. For example, it would generally not be preferred to replace an amino acid with a compact side chain, such as glycine or serine, with an amino acid with a bulky side chain, e.g., tryptophan, tyrosine. The effect of various amino acid residues on protein secondary structure is also a consideration. Through empirical study, the effect of different amino acid residues on the tendency of protein domains to adopt an alpha-helical, beta-sheet or reverse turn secondary structure has been determined and is known in the art (see, e.g., Chou & Fasman, 1974, Biochemistry, 13:222-245; 1978, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 47: 251-276; 1979, Biophys. J., 26:367-384).
[065] Based on such considerations and extensive empirical study, tables of conservative amino acid substitutions have been constructed and are known in the art. For example:
arginine and lysine; glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine. Alternatively: Ala (A) leu, ile, val; Arg (R) gin, asn, lys; Asn (N) his, asp, lys, arg, gin; Asp (D) asn, glu; Cys (C) ala, ser; Gin (Q) glu, asn; Glu (E) gin, asp; Gly (G) ala; His (H) asn, gin, lys, arg; Ile (I) val, met, ala, phe, leu; Leu (L) val, met, ala, phe, ile; Lys (K) gin, asn, arg; Met (M) phe, ile, leu; Phe (F) leu, val, ile, ala, tyr; Pro (P) ala; Ser (S), thr; Thr (T) ser; Trp (W) phe, tyr; Tyr (Y) trp, phe, thr, ser; Val (V) ile, leu, met, phe, ala.
[066] Other considerations for amino acid substitutions include whether or not the residue is located in the interior of a protein or is solvent exposed. For CDR residues, the residue in the free antibody would normally be assumed to be solvent exposed. For interior residues, conservative substitutions would include: Asp and Asn; Ser and Thr; Ser and Ala; Thr and Ala; Ala and Gly; Ile and Val; Val and Leu; Leu and Ile; Leu and Met; Phe and Tyr; Tyr and Trp. (See, e.g., PROWL website at rockefeller.edu) For solvent exposed residues, conservative substitutions would include: Asp and Asn; Asp and Glu; Glu and Gin; Glu and Ala; Gly and Asn; Ala and Pro; Ala and Gly; Ala and Ser; Ala and Lys; Ser and Thr; Lys and Arg; Val and Leu; Leu and He; He and Val; Phe and Tyr. (Id.) Various matrices have been constructed to assist in selection of amino acid substitutions, such as the ΡΑΜ250 scoring matrix, Dayhoff matrix, Grantham matrix, McLachlan matrix, Doolittle matrix, Henikoff matrix, Miyata matrix, Fitch matrix, Jones matrix, Rao matrix, Levin matrix and Risler matrix (Idem.)
[067] In determining amino acid substitutions, one may also consider the existence of intermolecular or intramolecular bonds, such as formation of ionic bonds (salt bridges) between positively charged residues (e.g., His, Arg, Lys) and negatively charged residues (e.g., Asp, Glu) or disulfide bonds between nearby cysteine residues.
[068] Methods of substituting any amino acid for any other amino acid in an encoded protein sequence are well known and a matter of routine experimentation for the skilled artisan, for example by the technique of site-directed mutagenesis or by synthesis and assembly of oligonucleotides encoding an amino acid substitution and splicing into an expression vector construct.
Preparation of Monoclonal Antibodies including Chimeric, Humanized and Human Antibodies
[069] Techniques for preparing monoclonal antibodies against virtually any target antigen are well known in the art. See, for example, Kohler and Milstein, Nature 256: 495 (1975), and Coligan et al. (eds.), CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN IMMUNOLOGY, VOL. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991). Briefly, monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an antigen, removing the spleen to obtain B- lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
[070] MAbs can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well- established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A or Protein-G Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography. See, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3. Also, see Baines et al , "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG)," in METHODS IN
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, VOL. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992). [071] After the initial raising of antibodies to the immunogen, the antibodies can be sequenced and subsequently prepared by recombinant techniques. Humanization and chimerization of murine antibodies and antibody fragments are well known to those skilled in the art, as discussed below.
Chimeric Antibodies
[072] A chimeric antibody is a recombinant protein in which the variable regions of a human antibody have been replaced by the variable regions of, for example, a mouse antibody, including the complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) of the mouse antibody. Chimeric antibodies exhibit decreased immunogenicity and increased stability when administered to a subject. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are disclosed, for example, in Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 6: 3833 (1989). Techniques for constructing chimeric antibodies are well known to those of skill in the art. As an example, Leung et al, Hybridoma 13:469 (1994), produced an LL2 chimera by combining DNA sequences encoding the VK and H domains of murine LL2, an anti- CD22 monoclonal antibody, with respective human κ and IgG] constant region domains.
Humanized Antibodies
[073] Techniques for producing humanized MAbs are well known in the art (see, e.g., Jones et al, Nature 321: 522 (1986), Riechmann et al, Nature 332: 323 (1988), Verhoeyen et al, Science 239: 1534 (1988), Carter et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89: 4285 (1992), Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12: 437 (1992), and Singer et al, J. Immun. 150: 2844 (1993)). A chimeric or murine monoclonal antibody may be humanized by transferring the mouse CDRs from the heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into the
corresponding variable domains of a human antibody. The mouse framework regions (FR) in the chimeric monoclonal antibody are also replaced with human FR sequences. As simply transferring mouse CDRs into human FRs often results in a reduction or even loss of antibody affinity, additional modification might be required in order to restore the original affinity of the murine antibody. This can be accomplished by the replacement of one or more human residues in the FR regions with their murine counterparts to obtain an antibody that possesses good binding affinity to its epitope. See, for example, Tempest et al, Biotechnology 9:266 (1991) and Verhoeyen et al, Science 239: 1534 (1988). Preferred residues for substitution include FR residues that are located within 1, 2, or 3 Angstroms of a CDR residue side chain, that are located adjacent to a CDR sequence, or that are predicted to interact with a CDR residue. Human Antibodies
[074] Methods for producing fully human antibodies using either combinatorial approaches or transgenic animals transformed with human immunoglobulin loci are known in the art {e.g., Mancini et al., 2004, New Microbiol. 27:315-28; Conrad and Scheller, 2005, Comb. Chem. High Throughput Screen. 8: 1 17-26; Brekke and Loset, 2003, Curr. Opin. Phamacol. 3 :544-50). A fully human antibody also can be constructed by genetic or chromosomal transfection methods, as well as phage display technology, all of which are known in the art. See for example, McCafferty et al, Nature 348:552-553 (1990). Such fully human antibodies are expected to exhibit even fewer side effects than chimeric or humanized antibodies and to function in vivo as essentially endogenous human antibodies.
[075] In one alternative, the phage display technique may be used to generate human antibodies (e.g., Dantas-Barbosa et al., 2005, Genet. Mol. Res. 4: 126-40). Human antibodies may be generated from normal humans or from humans that exhibit a particular disease state, such as cancer (Dantas-Barbosa et al., 2005). The advantage to constructing human antibodies from a diseased individual is that the circulating antibody repertoire may be biased towards antibodies against disease-associated antigens.
[076] In one non-limiting example of this methodology, Dantas-Barbosa et al. (2005) constructed a phage display library of human Fab antibody fragments from osteosarcoma patients. Generally, total RNA was obtained from circulating blood lymphocytes (Id).
Recombinant Fab were cloned from the μ, γ and κ chain antibody repertoires and inserted into a phage display library (Id.). RNAs were converted to cDNAs and used to make Fab cDNA libraries using specific primers against the heavy and light chain immunoglobulin sequences (Marks et al., 1991 , J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-97). Library construction was performed according to Andris-Widhopf et al. (2000, In: Phage Display Laboratory Manual, Barbas et al. (eds), 1st edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY pp. 9.1 to 9.22). The final Fab fragments were digested with restriction endonucleases and inserted into the bacteriophage genome to make the phage display library. Such libraries may be screened by standard phage display methods, as known in the art. Phage display can be performed in a variety of formats, for their review, see e.g. Johnson and Chiswell, Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:5564-571 (1993).
[077] Human antibodies may also be generated by in vitro activated B-cells. See U.S. Patent Nos. 5,567,610 and 5,229,275, incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The skilled artisan will realize that these techniques are exemplary and any known method for making and screening human antibodies or antibody fragments may be utilized. [078] In another alternative, transgenic animals that have been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies may be used to generate antibodies against essentially any immunogenic target, using standard immunization protocols. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are disclosed by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7: 13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:519 (1994). A non- limiting example of such a system is the XenoMouse® {e.g., Green et al., 1999, J Immunol. Methods 231 : 1 1-23, incorporated herein by reference) from Abgenix (Fremont, CA). In the XenoMouse® and similar animals, the mouse antibody genes have been inactivated and replaced by functional human antibody genes, while the remainder of the mouse immune system remains intact.
[079] The XenoMouse® was transformed with germline-configured YACs (yeast artificial chromosomes) that contained portions of the human IgH and Igkappa loci, including the majority of the variable region sequences, along with accessory genes and regulatory sequences. The human variable region repertoire may be used to generate antibody producing B-cells, which may be processed into hybridomas by known techniques. A XenoMouse® immunized with a target antigen will produce human antibodies by the normal immune response, which may be harvested and/or produced by standard techniques discussed above. A variety of strains of XenoMouse® are available, each of which is capable of producing a different class of antibody. Transgenically produced human antibodies have been shown to have therapeutic potential, while retaining the pharmacokinetic properties of normal human antibodies (Green et al., 1999). The skilled artisan will realize that the claimed compositions and methods are not limited to use of the XenoMouse® system but may utilize any transgenic animal that has been genetically engineered to produce human antibodies.
Production of Antibody Fragments
[080] Antibody fragments which recognize specific epitopes can be generated by known techniques. The antibody fragments are antigen binding portions of an antibody, such as F(ab')2, Fab', F(ab)2, Fab, Fv, sFv and the like. F(ab')2 fragments can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab' fragments can be generated by reducing disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab' expression libraries can be constructed (Huse et al , 1989, Science, 246: 1274-1281) to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab' fragments with the desired specificity. [081] A single chain Fv molecule (scFv) comprises a VL domain and a VH domain. The VL and VH domains associate to form a target binding site. These two domains are further covalently linked by a peptide linker (L). Methods for making scFv molecules and designing suitable peptide linkers are described in US Patent No. 4,704,692, US Patent No. 4,946,778, R. Raag and M. Whitlow, "Single Chain Fvs." FASEB Vol 9:73-80 (1995) and R.E. Bird and B.W. Walker, "Single Chain Antibody Variable Regions," TIBTECH, Vol 9: 132-137 (1991), incorporated herein by reference.
[082] An antibody fragment can be prepared by proteolytic hydrolysis of the full length antibody or by expression in E. coli or another host of the DNA coding for the fragment. An antibody fragment can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of full length antibodies by conventional methods. For example, an enzymatic cleavage using papain produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment. These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,036,945 and 4,331 ,647 and references contained therein, which patents are incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. Also, see Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89: 230 (1960); Porter, Biochem. J. 73: 119 (1959), Edelman et al, in METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY VOL. 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
Bispecific and Multispecific Antibodies
[083] Bispecific antibodies are useful in a number of biomedical applications. For instance, a bispecific antibody with binding sites for a tumor cell surface antigen and for a T-cell surface receptor can direct the lysis of specific tumor cells by T cells. Bispecific antibodies recognizing gliomas and the CD3 epitope on T cells have been successfully used in treating brain tumors in human patients (Nitta, et al. Lancet. 1990; 355:368-371). Pre-targeting methods with bispecific antibodies comprising at least one binding site for a tumor-associated antigen or other disease target, as well as at one binding site for a targetable construct conjugated to therapeutic or diagnostic agents, are also well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,300,644; 7,138,103; 7,074,405; 7,052,872; 6,962,702; 6,458,933, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
[084] Numerous methods to produce bispecific or multispecific antibodies are known, as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 7,405,320, the Examples section of which is incorporated herein by reference. Bispecific antibodies can be produced by the quadroma method, which involves the fusion of two different hybridomas, each producing a monoclonal antibody recognizing a different antigenic site (Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 1983; 305:537- 540).
[085] Another method for producing bispecific antibodies uses heterobifunctional cross- linkers to chemically tether two different monoclonal antibodies (Staerz, et al. Nature. 1985; 314:628-631 ; Perez, et al. Nature. 1985; 316:354-356). Bispecific antibodies can also be produced by reduction of each of two parental monoclonal antibodies to the respective half molecules, which are then mixed and allowed to reoxidize to obtain the hybrid structure (Staerz and Bevan. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1986; 83: 1453-1457). Another alternative involves chemically cross-linking two or three separately purified Fab' fragments using appropriate linkers. (See, e.g.,
European Patent Application 0453082).
[086] Other methods include improving the efficiency of generating hybrid hybridomas by gene transfer of distinct selectable markers via retro virus-derived shuttle vectors into respective parental hybridomas, which are fused subsequently (DeMonte, et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1990, 87:2941-2945); or transfection of a hybridoma cell line with expression plasmids containing the heavy and light chain genes of a different antibody.
[087] Cognate VH and VL domains can be joined with a peptide linker of appropriate composition and length (usually consisting of more than 12 amino acid residues) to form a single-chain Fv (scFv) with binding activity. Methods of manufacturing scFvs are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,132,405, the Examples section of each incorporated herein by reference. Reduction of the peptide linker length to less than 12 amino acid residues prevents pairing of VH and VL domains on the same chain and forces pairing of VH and VL domains with complementary domains on other chains, resulting in the formation of functional multimers. Polypeptide chains of VH and VL domains that are joined with linkers between 3 and 12 amino acid residues form predominantly dimers (termed diabodies). With linkers between 0 and 2 amino acid residues, trimers (termed triabody) and tetramers (termed tetrabody) are favored, but the exact patterns of oligomerization appear to depend on the composition as well as the orientation of V-domains (VH-linker-VL or VL- linker-Vn), in addition to the linker length.
[088] These techniques for producing multispecific or bispecific antibodies exhibit various difficulties in terms of low yield, necessity for purification, low stability or the labor- intensiveness of the technique. More recently, a technique known as "dock and lock" (DNL) has been utilized to produce combinations of virtually any desired antibodies, antibody fragments and other effector molecules (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,521,056; 7,550,143; 7,534,866; 7,527,787 and U.S. Patent Application Serial. Nos. 1 1/925,408, filed October 26, 2007, and 12/418,877, filed April 6, 2009; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference). The technique utilizes complementary protein binding domains, referred to as anchoring domains (AD) and dimerization and docking domains (DDD), which bind to each other and allow the assembly of complex structures, ranging from dimers, trimers, tetramers, quintamers and hexamers. These form stable complexes in high yield without requirement for extensive purification. The DNL technique allows the assembly of monospecific, bispecific or multispecific antibodies, either as naked antibody moieties or in combination with a wide range of other effector molecules such as immunomodulators, enzymes, chemotherapeutic agents, chemokines, cytokines, diagnostic agents, therapeutic agents, radionuclides, imaging agents, anti-angiogenic agents, growth factors, oligonucleotides, hormones, peptides, toxins, pro-apoptotic agents, or a combination thereof. Any of the techniques known in the art for making bispecific or multispecific antibodies may be utilized in the practice of the presently claimed methods.
[089] Bispecific or multispecific antibodies may incorporate any known antibody of therapeutic use. Antibodies of use may be commercially obtained from a wide variety of known sources. For example, a variety of antibody secreting hybridoma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas, VA). A large number of antibodies against various disease targets, including but not limited to tumor-associated antigens, have been deposited at the ATCC and or have published variable region sequences and are available for use in the claimed methods and compositions. See, e.g., U.S. Patent
Nos. 7,312,318; 7,282,567; 7,151,164; 7,074,403; 7,060,802; 7,056,509; 7,049,060;
7,045,132; 7,041 ,803; 7,041,802 7,041,293 7,038,018; 7,037,498; 7,012,133; 7,001,598;
6,998,468; 6,994,976; 6,994,852 6,989,241 6,974,863; 6,965,018; 6,964,854; 6,962,981 ;
6,962,813; 6,956,107; 6,951 ,924 6,949,244 6,946,129; 6,943,020; 6,939,547; 6,921 ,645;
6,921,645; 6,921 ,533; 6,919,433 6,919,078 6,916,475; 6,905,681 ; 6,899,879; 6,893,625;
6,887,468; 6,887,466; 6,884,594 6,881,405 6,878,812; 6,875,580; 6,872,568; 6,867,006;
6,864,062; 6,861 ,51 1 ; 6,861 ,227 6,861,226 6,838,282; 6,835,549; 6,835,370; 6,824,780;
6,824,778; 6,812,206; 6,793,924 6,783,758 6,770,450; 6,767,71 1 ; 6,764,688; 6,764,681 ;
6,764,679; 6,743,898; 6,733,981 6,730,307 6,720,15; 6,716,966; 6,709,653; 6,693,176;
6,692,908; 6,689,607; 6,689,362 6,689,355 6,682,737; 6,682,736; 6,682,734; 6,673,344;
6,653,104; 6,652,852; 6,635,482 6,630,144 6,610,833; 6,610,294; 6,605,441 ; 6,605,279;
6,596,852; 6,592,868; 6,576,745 6,572;856 6,566,076; 6,562,618; 6,545,130; 6,544,749;
6,534,058; 6,528,625; 6,528,269 6,521,227 6,518,404; 6,511,665; 6,491 ,915; 6,488,930; 6,482,598; 6,482,408; 6,479,247; 6,468,531 ; 6,468,529; 6,465,173; 6,461 ,823; 6,458,356; 6,455,044; 6,455,040, 6,451 ,310; 6,444,206' 6,441 ,143; 6,432,404; 6,432,402; 6,419,928; 6,413,726; 6,406,694; 6,403,770; 6,403,091 ; 6,395,276; 6,395,274; 6,387,350; 6,383,759; 6,383,484; 6,376,654; 6,372,215; 6,359,126; 6,355,481 ; 6,355,444; 6,355,245; 6,355,244; 6,346,246; 6,344,198; 6,340,571 ; 6,340,459; 6,331 ,175; 6,306,393; 6,254,868; 6,187,287; 6,183,744; 6,129,914; 6,120,767; 6,096,289; 6,077,499; 5,922,302; 5,874,540; 5,814,440; 5,798,229; 5,789,554; 5,776,456; 5,736,119; 5,716,595; 5,677,136; 5,587,459; 5,443,953, 5,525,338, the Figures and Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference. These are exemplary only and a wide variety of other antibodies and their hybridomas are known in the art. The skilled artisan will realize that antibody sequences or antibody-secreting hybridomas against almost any disease-associated antigen may be obtained by a simple search of the ATCC, NCBI and/or USPTO databases for antibodies against a selected disease-associated target of interest. The antigen binding domains of the cloned antibodies may be amplified, excised, ligated into an expression vector, transfected into an adapted host cell and used for protein production, using standard techniques well known in the art.
Dock-and-Lock (DNL)
[090] In preferred embodiments, bispecific or multispecific antibodies or other constructs may be produced using the dock-and-lock technology (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 7,521,056; 7,550,143; 7,534,866; 7,527,787 and U.S. Patent Application Serial. Nos. 1 1/925,408, filed October 26, 2007, and 12/418,877, filed April 6, 2009; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference). The DNL method exploits specific protein/protein interactions that occur between the regulatory (R) subunits of cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) and the anchoring domain (AD) of A-kinase anchoring proteins (AKAPs) (Baillie et al, FEBS Letters. 2005; 579: 3264. Wong and Scott, Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2004; 5: 959). PKA, which plays a central role in one of the best studied signal transduction pathways triggered by the binding of the second messenger cAMP to the R subunits, was first isolated from rabbit skeletal muscle in 1968 (Walsh et al, J. Biol. Chem. 1968;243:3763). The structure of the holoenzyme consists of two catalytic subunits held in an inactive form by the R subunits (Taylor, J. Biol. Chem. 1989;264:8443). Isozymes of PKA are found with two types of R subunits (RI and RII), and each type has a and β isoforms (Scott, Pharmacol. Ther. 1991 ;50: 123). The R subunits have been isolated only as stable dimers and the dimerization domain has been shown to consist of the first 44 amino-terminal residues (Newlon et al, Nat. Struct. Biol. 1999; 6:222). Binding of cAMP to the R subunits leads to the release of active catalytic subunits for a broad spectrum of serine/threonine kinase activities, which are oriented toward selected substrates through the compartmentalization of PKA via its docking with AKAPs (Scott et al, J. Biol. Chem. 1990;265;21561)
[091] Since the first AKAP, microtubule-associated protein-2, was characterized in 1984 (Lohmann et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA. 1984;81 :6723), more than 50 AKAPs that localize to various sub-cellular sites, including plasma membrane, actin cytoskeleton, nucleus, mitochondria, and endoplasmic reticulum, have been identified with diverse structures in species ranging from yeast to humans (Wong and Scott, Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2004;5:959). The AD of AKAPs for PKA is an amphipathic helix of 14-18 residues (Carr et al, J. Biol. Chem. 1991 ;266: 14188). The amino acid sequences of the AD are quite varied among individual AKAPs, with the binding affinities reported for RII dimers ranging from 2 to 90 nM (Alto et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2003; 100:4445). Interestingly, AKAPs will only bind to dimeric R subunits. For human Rlla, the AD binds to a
hydrophobic surface formed by the 23 amino-terminal residues (Colledge and Scott, Trends Cell Biol. 1999; 6:216). Thus, the dimerization domain and AKAP binding domain of human Rlla are both located within the same N-terminal 44 amino acid sequence (Newlon et al., Nat. Struct. Biol. 1999;6:222; Newlon et al, EMBO J. 2001 ;20: 1651), which is termed the DDD herein.
[092] We have developed a platform technology to utilize DDD (for example, SEQ ID
NO: 15 and SEQ ID NO: 16) and AD (for example, SEQ ID NO: 17 and SEQ ID NO: 18) sequences as an excellent pair of linker modules for docking any two entities, referred to hereafter as A and B, into a noncovalent complex, which could be further locked into a stably tethered structure through the introduction of cysteine residues into both the DDD and AD at strategic positions to facilitate the formation of disulfide bonds. The general methodology of the "dock-and-lock" approach is as follows. Entity A is constructed by linking a DDD sequence to a precursor of A, resulting in a first component hereafter referred to as a.
Because the DDD sequence would effect the spontaneous formation of a dimer, A would thus be composed of a2. Entity B is constructed by linking an AD sequence to a precursor of B, resulting in a second component hereafter referred to as b. The dimeric motif of DDD contained in a2 will create a docking site for binding to the AD sequence contained in b, thus facilitating a ready association of a2 and b to form a binary, trimeric complex composed of a2b. This binding event is made irreversible with a subsequent reaction to covalently secure the two entities via disulfide bridges, which occurs very efficiently based on the principle of effective local concentration because the initial binding interactions should bring the reactive thiol groups placed onto both the DDD and AD into proximity (Chimura et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2001 ;98: 8480) to ligate site-specifically.
[093] By attaching the DDD and AD away from the functional groups of the two precursors, such site-specific ligations are also expected to preserve the original activities of the two precursors. This approach is modular in nature and potentially can be applied to link, site-specifically and covalently, a wide range of substances, including peptides, proteins, antibodies, antibody fragments, and other effector moieties with a wide range of activities. Utilizing the fusion protein method of constructing AD and DDD conjugated effectors described in the Examples below, virtually any protein or peptide may be incorporated into a DNL construct. However, the technique is not limiting and other methods of conjugation may be utilized to link other types of molecules together.
[094] A variety of methods are known for making fusion proteins, including nucleic acid synthesis, hybridization and/or amplification to produce a synthetic double-stranded nucleic acid encoding a fusion protein of interest. Such double-stranded nucleic acids may be inserted into expression vectors for fusion protein production by standard molecular biology techniques (see, e.g. Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A laboratory manual, 2nd Ed, 1989). In such preferred embodiments, the AD and/or DDD moiety may be attached to either the N- terminal or C-terminal end of an effector protein or peptide. However, the skilled artisan will realize that the site of attachment of an AD or DDD moiety to an effector moiety may vary, depending on the chemical nature of the effector moiety and the part(s) of the effector moiety involved in its physiological activity. Site-specific attachment of a variety of effector moieties may be performed using techniques known in the art, such as the use of bivalent cross-linking reagents and/or other chemical conjugation techniques.
DNL Sequence Variants
[095] In alternative embodiments, sequence variants of the AD and/or DDD moieties may be utilized in construction of the DNL complexes. The structure-function relationships of the AD and DDD domains have been the subject of investigation. (See, e.g., Burns-Hamuro et al., 2005, Protein Sci 14:2982-92; Carr et al., 2001 , J Biol Chem 276: 17332-38; Alto et al., 2003, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 100:4445-50; Hundsrucker et al., 2006, Biochem J 396:297- 306; Stokka et al., 2006, Biochem J 400:493-99; Gold et al, 2006, Mol Cell 24:383-95; Kinderman et al., 2006, Mol Cell 24:397-408.)
[096] For example, Kinderman et al. (2006) examined the crystal structure of the AD-DDD binding interaction and concluded that the human DDD sequence contained a number of conserved amino acid residues that were important in either dimer formation or AKAP binding, underlined in SEQ ID NO: 15 below. (See Figure 1 of Kinderman et al., 2006, incorporated herein by reference.) The skilled artisan will realize that in designing sequence variants of the DDD sequence, one would desirably avoid changing any of the underlined residues, while conservative amino acid substitutions might be made for residues that are less critical for dimerization and AKAP binding.
Human DDD sequence from protein kinase A
SHIQIPPGLTEJ QGYTVEViRQQPPDLVEFAVEYFTRLREAPvA (SEQ ID NO: 15)
[097] Alto et al. (2003) performed a bioinformatic analysis of the AD sequence of various AKAP proteins to design an RII selective AD sequence called AKAP-IS (SEQ ID NO: 17), with a binding constant for DDD of 0.4 nM. The AKAP-IS sequence was designed as a peptide antagonist of AKAP binding to PKA. Residues in the AKAP-IS sequence where substitutions tended to decrease binding to DDD are underlined in SEQ ID NO: 17.
AKAP-IS SEQUENCE
QIEYLAKQIVDNAIQQA (SEQ ID NO: 17)
[098] Similarly, Gold (2006) utilized crystallography and peptide screening to develop a
SuperAKAP-IS sequence (SEQ ID NO:39), exhibiting a five order of magnitude higher selectivity for the RII isoform of PKA compared with the RI isoform. Underlined residues indicate the positions of amino acid substitutions, relative to the AKAP-IS sequence, that increased binding to the DDD moiety of Rlla. In this sequence, the N-terminal Q residue is numbered as residue number 4 and the C-terminal A residue is residue number 20. Residues where substitutions could be made to affect the affinity for Rlla were residues 8, 11, 15, 16,
18, 19 and 20 (Gold et al., 2006). It is contemplated that in certain alternative embodiments, the SuperAKAP-IS sequence may be substituted for the AKAP-IS AD moiety sequence to prepare DNL constructs. Other alternative sequences that might be substituted for the
AKAP-IS AD sequence are shown in SEQ ID NO:40-42. Substitutions relative to the
AKAP-IS sequence are underlined. It is anticipated that, as with the AKAP-IS sequence
(SEQ ID NO: 17), the AD moiety may also include the additional N-terminal residues cysteine and glycine and C-terminal residues glycine and cysteine, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 18.
SuperAKAP-IS QIEYVAKQIVDYAIHQA (SEQ ID NO:39)
Alternative AKAP sequences QIEYKAKQIVDHAIHQA (SEQ ID NO:40) QIEYHAKQIVDHAIHQA (SEQ ID N0:41) QIEYVAKQIVDHAIHQA (SEQ ID NO:42)
[099] Stokka et al. (2006) also developed peptide competitors of AKAP binding to PKA, shown in SEQ ID NO:43-45. The peptide antagonists were designated as Ht31 (SEQ ID NO:43), RIAD (SEQ ID NO:44) and PV-38 (SEQ ID NO:45). The Ht-31 peptide exhibited a greater affinity for the RII isoform of PKA, while the RIAD and PV-38 showed higher affinity for RI.
Ht31
DLIEEAASRIVDAVIEQVKAAGAY (SEQ ID NO:43)
RIAD
LEQYANQLADQIIKEATE (SEQ ID NO:44)
PV-38
FEELAWKIAKMIWSDVFQQC (SEQ ID NO:45)
[0100] Hundsrucker et al. (2006) developed still other peptide competitors for AKAP binding to PKA, with a binding constant as low as 0.4 nM to the DDD of the RII form of PKA. The sequences of various AKAP antagonistic peptides is provided in Table 1 of Hundsrucker et al. (incorporated herein by reference). Residues that were highly conserved among the AD domains of different AKAP proteins are indicated below by underlining with reference to the AKAP IS sequence. The residues are the same as observed by Alto et al. (2003), with the addition of the C-terminal alanine residue. (See FIG. 4 of Hundsrucker et al. (2006), incorporated herein by reference.) The sequences of peptide antagonists with particularly high affinities for the RII DDD sequence are shown in SEQ ID NO:46-48.
AKAP-IS
QIEYLAKQIVDNAIQQA (SEQ ID NO: 17)
AKAP75-wt-pep PEDAELVRLS RLVENAVLKAVQQY (SEQ ID NO:46)
AKAP7S-L304T-pep
PEDAELVRTSKRLVENAVLKAVQQY (SEQ ID NO:47)
AKAP7S-L308D-pep
PEDAELVRLSKRDVENAVLKAVQQY (SEQ ID NO:48)
[0101] Carr et al. (2001) examined the degree of sequence homology between different A AP-binding DDD sequences from human and non-human proteins and identified residues in the DDD sequences that appeared to be the most highly conserved among different DDD moieties. These are indicated below by underlining with reference to the human P A Rlla DDD sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. Residues that were particularly conserved are further indicated by italics. The residues overlap with, but are not identical to those suggested by Kinderman et al. (2006) to be important for binding to AKAP proteins.
S QIP?GLTELLQGYTVEVLRQQP?DLVEFAVEYFTRLREARA (SEQ ID NO: 15)
[0102] The skilled artisan will realize that in general, those amino acid residues that are highly conserved in the DDD and AD sequences from different proteins are ones that it may be preferred to remain constant in making amino acid substitutions, while residues that are less highly conserved may be more easily varied to produce sequence variants of the AD and/or DDD sequences described herein. scFv-based AD Modules
[0103] Alternative embodiments may concern the use of scFV-based AD modules for pairing with DDD2 (SEQ ID NO: 16) based cytokines or RNase to yield DNL conjugates that are smaller. The smaller sized DNL constructs may facilitate penetration into solid tumors. We have produced several types of scFv-based bispecific antibodies by expressing two discrete polypeptide chains comprising complementary variable domains with a 6-His tag (SEQ ID NO: 51) at the carboxyl terminus of each polypeptide chain. The same approach may be used to generate scFv-based AD modules by replacing one or both 6-His tags (SEQ ID NO: 51) with either an AD sequence or an AD-HHHHHH sequence (SEQ ID NO: 51). We can also fuse each polypeptide chain with a different AD sequence (e.g. AD2 (SEQ ID NO: 18) and AD3 (SEQ ID NO:49)), which would allow the specific recognition by its cognate DDD sequence, thus providing further complexicity of the final DNL conjugates. Table 1 below provides a non-exhaustive list of such scFv-based DNL constructs. Table 1. scFv-based DNL constructs
Figure imgf000031_0001
[0104] Type I is designed to link one pair of DDD2 (SEQ ID NO: 16) modules. Type II is designed to link two pairs of the same or different DDD2 modules. Type III is designed to link one pair of DDD2 modules and one pair of DDD3 (SEQ ID NO: 50) modules. The two polypeptides chains are designed to associate in an anti-parallel fashion.
Pre-Targeting
[0105] Bispecific or multispecific antibodies may be utilized in pre-targeting techniques. Pre-targeting is a multistep process originally developed to resolve the slow blood clearance of directly targeting antibodies, which contributes to undesirable toxicity to normal tissues such as bone marrow. With pre-targeting, a radionuclide or other therapeutic agent is attached to a small delivery molecule (targetable construct or targetable construct) that is cleared within minutes from the blood. A pre-targeting bispecific or multispecific antibody, which has binding sites for the targetable construct as well as a target antigen, is administered first, free antibody is allowed to clear from circulation and then the targetable construct is administered.
[0106] Pre-targeting methods are disclosed, for example, in Goodwin et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,863,713; Goodwin et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:226, 1988; Hnatowich et al., J. Nucl. Med.
28: 1294, 1987; Oehr et al., J. Nucl. Med. 29:728, 1988; Klibanov et al., J. Nucl. Med.
29: 1951 , 1988; Sinitsyn et al., J. Nucl. Med. 30:66, 1989; Kalofonos et al., J. Nucl. Med. 31 : 1791, 1990; Schechter et al., Int. J. Cancer 48: 167, 1991 ; Paganelli et al., Cancer Res. 51 :5960, 1991 ; Paganelli et al., Nucl. Med. Commun. 12:211 , 1991 ; U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,395; Stickney et al., Cancer Res. 51 :6650, 1991 ; Yuan et al, Cancer Res. 51 :31 19, 1991 ; U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,077,499; 7,01 1 ,812; 7,300,644; 7,074,405; 6,962,702; 7,387,772; 7,052,872;
7,138,103; 6,090,381 ; 6,472,51 1 ; 6,962,702; 6,962,702; 7,074,405; and U.S. Ser. No.
10/1 14,315 (now abandoned); the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0107] A pre-targeting method of treating or diagnosing a disease or disorder in a subject may be provided by: (1) administering to the subject a bispecific antibody or antibody fragment; (2) optionally administering to the subject a clearing composition, and allowing the composition to clear the antibody from circulation; and (3) administering to the subject the targetable construct, containing one or more chelated or chemically bound therapeutic or diagnostic agents. The technique may also be utilized for antibody dependent enzyme prodrug therapy (ADEPT) by administering an enzyme conjugated to a targetable construct, followed by a prodrug that is converted into active form by the enzyme.
Avimers [0108] In certain embodiments, the binding moieties described herein may comprise one or more avimer sequences. Avimers are a class of binding proteins somewhat similar to antibodies in their affinities and specificities for various target molecules. They were developed from human extracellular receptor domains by in vitro exon shuffling and phage display. (Silverman et al., 2005, Nat. Biotechnol. 23: 1493-94; Silverman et al., 2006, Nat. Biotechnol. 24:220.) The resulting multidomain proteins may comprise multiple independent binding domains, that may exhibit improved affinity (in some cases sub-nanomolar) and specificity compared with single-epitope binding proteins. (Id.) In various embodiments, avimers may be attached to, for example, DDD and/or AD sequences for use in the claimed methods and compositions. Additional details concerning methods of construction and use of avimers are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20040175756 (now abandoned), 20050048512 (now abandoned), 20050053973 (now abandoned),
20050089932 and 20050221384 (now abandoned), the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Phage Display
[0109] Certain embodiments of the claimed compositions and/or methods may concern binding peptides and/or peptide mimetics of various target molecules, cells or tissues.
Binding peptides may be identified by any method known in the art, including but not limiting to the phage display technique. Various methods of phage display and techniques for producing diverse populations of peptides are well known in the art. For example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,223,409; 5,622,699 and 6,068,829 disclose methods for preparing a phage library. The phage display technique involves genetically manipulating bacteriophage so that small peptides can be expressed on their surface (Smith and Scott, 1985, Science 228: 1315-1317; Smith and Scott, 1993, Meth. Enzymol. 21 :228-257). In addition to peptides, larger protein domains such as single-chain antibodies may also be displayed on the surface of phage particles (Arap et al. , 1998, Science 279:377-380).
[0110] Targeting amino acid sequences selective for a given organ, tissue, cell type or target molecule may be isolated by panning (Pasqualini and Ruoslahti, 1996, Nature 380:364-366;
Pasqualini, 1999, The Quart. J. Nucl. Med. 43: 159-162). In brief, a library of phage containing putative targeting peptides is administered to an intact organism or to isolated organs, tissues, cell types or target molecules and samples containing bound phage are collected. Phage that bind to a target may be eluted from a target organ, tissue, cell type or target molecule and then amplified by growing them in host bacteria. [0111] In certain embodiments, the phage may be propagated in host bacteria between rounds of panning. Rather than being lysed by the phage, the bacteria may instead secrete multiple copies of phage that display a particular insert. If desired, the amplified phage may be exposed to the target organs, tissues, cell types or target molecule again and collected for additional rounds of panning. Multiple rounds of panning may be performed until a population of selective or specific binders is obtained. The amino acid sequence of the peptides may be determined by sequencing the DNA corresponding to the targeting peptide insert in the phage genome. The identified targeting peptide may then be produced as a synthetic peptide by standard protein chemistry techniques (Arap et al , 1998, Smith et al , 1985).
[0112] In some embodiments, a subtraction protocol may be used to further reduce background phage binding. The purpose of subtraction is to remove phage from the library that bind to targets other than the target of interest. In alternative embodiments, the phage library may be prescreened against a control cell, tissue or organ. For example, tumor- binding peptides may be identified after prescreening a library against a control normal cell line. After subtraction the library may be screened against the molecule, cell, tissue or organ of interest. Other methods of subtraction protocols are known and may be used in the practice of the claimed methods, for example as disclosed in U.S Patent Nos. 5,840,841, 5,705,610, 5,670,312 and 5,492,807.
Aptamers
[0113] In certain embodiments, a targeting moiety of use may be an aptamer. Methods of constmcting and determining the binding characteristics of aptamers are well known in the art. For example, such techniques are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,582,981, 5,595,877 and 5,637,459, the Examples section of each incorporated herein by reference. Methods for preparation and screening of aptamers that bind to particular targets of interest are well known, for example U.S. Pat. No. 5,475,096 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163, the Examples section of each incorporated herein by reference.
[0114] Aptamers may be prepared by any known method, including synthetic, recombinant, and purification methods, and may be used alone or in combination with other ligands specific for the same target. In general, a minimum of approximately 3 nucleotides, preferably at least 5 nucleotides, are necessary to effect specific binding. Aptamers of sequences shorter than 10 bases may be feasible, although aptamers of 10, 20, 30 or 40 nucleotides may be preferred.
[0115] Aptamers may be isolated, sequenced, and/or amplified or synthesized as
conventional DNA or RNA molecules. Alternatively, aptamers of interest may comprise modified oligomers. Any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in aptamers may be replaced by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by a standard protecting group, or activated to prepare additional linkages to other nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports. One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups, such as P(0)0 replaced by P(0)S, P(0)NR2, P(0)R, P(0)OR', CO, or CNR2, wherein R is H or alkyl (1 -20C) and R' is alkyl (1-20C); in addition, this group may be attached to adjacent nucleotides through O or S. Not all linkages in an oligomer need to be identical.
Therapeutic and Diagnostic Agents
[0116] In certain embodiments, the antibodies, antibody fragments or fusion proteins described herein may be administered alone, as a "naked" antibody, fragment or fusion protein. In alternative embodiments, the antibody, fragment or fusion protein may be administered either before, concurrently with, or after at least one other therapeutic agent. In other alternatives, an antibody, fragment or fusion protein may be covalently or non-covalently attached to at least one therapeutic and/or diagnostic agent to form an immunoconjugate.
[0117] Therapeutic agent are preferably selected from the group consisting of a radionuclide, an immunomodulator, an anti-angiogenic agent, a cytokine, a chemokine, a growth factor, a hormone, a drug, a prodrug, an enzyme, an oligonucleotide, a pro-apoptotic agent, an interference RNA, a photoactive therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent, which may be a chemotherapeutic agent or a toxin, and a combination thereof. The drugs of use may possess a pharmaceutical property selected from the group consisting of antimitotic, antikinase, alkylating, antimetabolite, antibiotic, alkaloid, anti-angiogenic, pro-apoptotic agents and combinations thereof.
[0118] Exemplary drugs of use include, but are not limited to, 5-fluorouracil, aplidin, azaribine, anastrozole, anthracyclines, bendamustine, bleomycin, bortezomib, bryostatin-1, busulfan, calicheamycin, camptothecin, carboplatin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, carmustine, celebrex, chlorambucil, cisplatin (CDDP), Cox-2 inhibitors, irinotecan (CPT-1 1), SN-38, carboplatin, cladribine, camptothecans, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, docetaxel, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolinodoxorubicine (2P-DOX), cyano-morpholino doxorubicin, doxorubicin glucuronide, epirubicin glucuronide, estramustine, epidophyllotoxin, estrogen receptor binding agents, etoposide (VP 16), etoposide glucuronide, etoposide phosphate, floxuridine (FUdR), 3',5'-0-dioleoyl-FudR (FUdR-dO), fludarabine, flutamide, farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitors, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, idarubicin, ifosfamide, L-asparaginase, lenolidamide, leucovorin, lomustine,
mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, 6-mercaptopurine, methotrexate,
mitoxantrone, mithramycin, mitomycin, mitotane, navelbine, nitrosurea, plicomycin, procarbazine, paclitaxel, pentostatin, PSI-341, raloxifene, semustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, taxol, temazolomide (an aqueous form of DTIC), transplatinum, thalidomide, thioguanine, thiotepa, teniposide, topotecan, uracil mustard, vinorelbine, vinblastine, vincristine and vinca alkaloids.
[0119] Toxins of use may include ricin, abrin, alpha toxin, saporin, ribonuclease (RNase), e.g., onconase, DNase I, Staphylococcal enterotoxin-A, pokeweed antiviral protein, gelonin, diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, and Pseudomonas endotoxin.
[0120] Immunomodulators of use may be selected from a cytokine, a stem cell growth factor, a lymphotoxin, an hematopoietic factor, a colony stimulating factor (CSF), an interferon (IFN), erythropoietin, thrombopoietin and a combination thereof. Specifically useful are
lymphotoxins such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF), hematopoietic factors, such as interleukin (IL), colony stimulating factor, such as granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) or granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), interferon, such as
interferons-a, -β or -γ, and stem cell growth factor, such as that designated "SI factor".
Included among the cytokines are growth hormones such as human growth hormone, N- methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone;
thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; prostaglandin, fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen, OB protein; tumor necrosis factor-ct and - β; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor;
integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF-β; platelet-growth factor; transforming growth factors (TGFs) such as TGF- a and TGF- β; insulin-like growth factor-I and -II; erythropoietin (EPO); osteoinductive factors; interferons such as interferon-a, -β, and -γ; colony stimulating factors (CSFs) such as macrophage-CSF (M-CSF); interleukins (ILs) such as IL-1 , IL-la, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-1 1, IL-12; IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-21 , IL-25, LIF, kit-ligand or FLT-3, angiostatin, thrombospondin, endostatin, tumor necrosis factor and LT. As used herein, the term cytokine includes proteins from natural sources or from recombinant cell culture and biologically active equivalents of the native sequence cytokines.
[0121] Chemokines of use include RANTES, MCAF, MIP1 -alpha, MIPl-Beta and IP-10.
[0122] Radioactive isotopes useful for treating diseased tissue include, but are not limited to- mIn, 177Lu, 212Bi, 213Bi, 211At, 62Cu, 67Cu, 90Y, 125I, , 31I, 32P, 33P, 47Sc, i nAg, 67Ga, 142Pr, 153Sm, 161Tb, 166Dy, 166Ho, 186Re, 188Re, 189Re, 2,2Pb, 223Ra, 225Ac, 59Fe, 75Se, 77As, 89Sr, "Mo, 105Rh, 109Pd, 143Pr, 149Pm, 169Er, 194Ir, I98Au, 199Au, and 2, 1Pb. The therapeutic radionuclide preferably has a decay-energy in the range of 20 to 6,000 keV, preferably in the ranges 60 to 200 keV for an Auger emitter, 100-2,500 keV for a beta emitter, and 4,000-6,000 keV for an alpha emitter. Maximum decay energies of useful beta- particle-emitting nuclides are preferably 20-5,000 keV, more preferably 100-4,000 keV, and most preferably 500-2,500 keV. Also preferred are radionuclides that substantially decay with Auger-emitting particles. For example, Co-58, Ga-67, Br-80m, Tc-99m, Rh-103m, Pt- 109, In-1 1 1 , Sb-1 19, 1-125, Ho- 161 , Os-189m and Ir-192. Decay energies of useful beta- particle-emitting nuclides are preferably <1,000 keV, more preferably <100 keV, and most preferably <70 keV. Also preferred are radionuclides that substantially decay with generation of alpha-particles. Such radionuclides include, but are not limited to: Dy-152, At-211, Bi- 212, Ra-223, Rn-219, Po-215, Bi-21 1, Ac-225, Fr-221 , At-217, Bi-213 and Fm-255. Decay energies of useful alpha-particle-emitting radionuclides are preferably 2,000-10,000 keV, more preferably 3,000-8,000 keV, and most preferably 4,000-7,000 keV. Additional potential radioisotopes of use include nC, 13N, 150, 75Br, 198 Au, 224 Ac, 126I, 133I, 77Br, 1 13mIn, 95Ru, 97Ru, 103Ru, 105Ru, 107Hg, 203Hg, 12ImTe, 122mTe, 125mTe, 165Tm, 167Tm, 168Tm, 197Pt, 109Pd, 105Rh, I42Pr, 143Pr, I61Tb, 166Ho, 199Au, 57Co, 58Co, 51Cr, 59Fe, 75Se,
Tl, Ac, Br, Yb, and the like. Some useful diagnostic nuclides may include F, 52Fe, 62Cu, 64Cu, 67Cu, 67Ga, 68Ga, 86Y, 89Zr, 94Tc, 94mTc, 99mTc, or n iIn. In certain embodiments, anti-IGF-lR antibodies, such as hRl, may be of use in combination with therapeutic radionuclides for sensitization of tumors to radiation therapy (see, e.g., Allen et al, 2007, Cancer Res. 67: 1 155).
[0123] Therapeutic agents may include a photoactive agent or dye. Fluorescent
compositions, such as fluorochrome, and other chromogens, or dyes, such as porphyrins sensitive to visible light, have been used to detect and to treat lesions by directing the suitable light to the lesion. In therapy, this has been termed photoradiation, phototherapy, or photodynamic therapy. See Jori et al. (eds.), PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY OF TUMORS AND OTHER DISEASES (Libreria Progetto 1985); van den Bergh, Chem. Britain (1986), 22:430. Moreover, monoclonal antibodies have been coupled with photoactivated dyes for achieving phototherapy. See Mew et al., J. Immunol. (1983),130: 1473; idem., Cancer Res. (1985), 45:4380; Oseroff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1986), 83:8744; idem.,
Photochem. Photobiol. (1987), 46:83; Hasan et al., Prog. Clin. Biol. Res. (1989), 288:471 ; Tatsuta et al., Lasers Surg. Med. (1989), 9:422; Pelegrin et al., Cancer (1991), 67:2529.
[0124] Corticosteroid hormones can increase the effectiveness of other chemotherapy agents, and consequently, they are frequently used in combination treatments. Prednisone and dexamethasone are examples of corticosteroid hormones.
[0125] In certain embodiments, anti-angiogenic agents, such as angiostatin, baculostatin, canstatin, maspin, anti-placenta growth factor (P1GF) peptides and antibodies, anti-vascular growth factor antibodies (such as anti-VEGF and anti-PlGF), anti-Flk-1 antibodies, anti-Fit- 1 antibodies and peptides, anti-Kras antibodies, anti-cMET antibodies, anti-MIF (macrophage migration-inhibitory factor) antibodies, laminin peptides, fibronectin peptides, plasminogen activator inhibitors, tissue metalloproteinase inhibitors, interferons, interleukin-12, IP- 10, Gro-β, thrombospondin, 2-methoxyoestradiol, proliferin-related protein,
carboxiamidotriazole, CM101, Marimastat, pentosan polysulphate, angiopoietin-2, interferon-alpha, herbimycin A, PNU145156E, 16K prolactin fragment, Linomide, thalidomide, pentoxifylline, genistein, TNP-470, endostatin, paclitaxel, accutin, angiostatin, cidofovir, vincristine, bleomycin, AGM-1470, platelet factor 4 or minocycline may be of use.
[0126] Other useful therapeutic agents comprise oligonucleotides, especially antisense oligonucleotides that preferably are directed against oncogenes and oncogene products, such as bcl-2.
[0127] Diagnostic agents are preferably selected from the group consisting of a radionuclide, a radiological contrast agent, a paramagnetic ion, a metal, a fluorescent label, a
chemiluminescent label, an ultrasound contrast agent and a photoactive agent. Such diagnostic agents are well known and any such known diagnostic agent may be used. Non- limiting examples of diagnostic agents may include a radionuclide such as 1 I0In, 1 1 'in, 177Lu, 18F, 52Fe, 62Cu, "Cu, 67Cu, 67Ga, 68Ga, 86Y, 90Y, 89Zr, 94mTc, 94Tc, 99mTc, 1201, 123I, 1241, 125I, 131I, 154-158Gd, 3 P, "C, 13N, 150, 186Re, 188Re, 51Mn, 52mMn, 55Co, 72As, 75Br, 76Br, 82mRb, 83Sr, or other gamma-, beta-, or positron-emitters. Paramagnetic ions of use may include chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) or erbium (III). Metal contrast agents may include lanthanum (III), gold (III), lead (II) or bismuth (III). Ultrasound contrast agents may comprise liposomes, such as gas filled liposomes. Radiopaque diagnostic agents may be selected from compounds, barium compounds, gallium compounds, and thallium compounds. A wide variety of fluorescent labels are known in the art, including but not limited to fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o- phthaldehyde and fluorescamine. Chemiluminescent labels of use may include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt or an oxalate ester.
Immunoconjugates
[0128] Any of the antibodies, antibody fragments or antibody fusion proteins described herein may be conjugated to one or more therapeutic or diagnostic agents. The therapeutic agents do not need to be the same but can be different, e.g. a drug and a radioisotope. For example, 13 Ί can be incorporated into a tyrosine of an antibody or fusion protein and a drug attached to an epsilon amino group of a lysine residue. Therapeutic and diagnostic agents also can be attached, for example to reduced SH groups and/or to carbohydrate side chains. Many methods for making covalent or non-covalent conjugates of therapeutic or diagnostic agents with antibodies or fusion proteins are known in the art and any such known method may be utilized.
[0129] A therapeutic or diagnostic agent can be attached at the hinge region of a reduced antibody component via disulfide bond formation. Alternatively, such agents can be attached using a heterobifunctional cross-linker, such as N-succinyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP). Yu et al, Int. J. Cancer 56: 244 (1994). General techniques for such conjugation are well-known in the art. See, for example, Wong, CHEMISTRY OF PROTEIN
CONJUGATION AND CROSS-LINKING (CRC Press 1991); Upeslacis et al ,
"Modification of Antibodies by Chemical Methods," in MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS, Birch et al. (eds.), pages 187-230 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995); Price, "Production and Characterization of Synthetic Peptide-Derived Antibodies," in MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES: PRODUCTION, ENGINEERING AND CLINICAL APPLICATION, Ritter et al (eds.), pages 60-84 (Cambridge University Press 1995).
Alternatively, the therapeutic or diagnostic agent can be conjugated via a carbohydrate moiety in the Fc region of the antibody. The carbohydrate group can be used to increase the loading of the same agent that is bound to a thiol group, or the carbohydrate moiety can be used to bind a different therapeutic or diagnostic agent.
[0130] Methods for conjugating peptides to antibody components via an antibody
carbohydrate moiety are well-known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Shih et al, Int. J. Cancer 41: 832 (1988); Shih et al, Int. J. Cancer 46: 1 101 (1990); and Shih et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,057,313, the Examples section of which is incorporated herein by reference. The general method involves reacting an antibody component having an oxidized
carbohydrate portion with a carrier polymer that has at least one free amine function. This reaction results in an initial Schiff base (imine) linkage, which can be stabilized by reduction to a secondary amine to form the final conjugate.
[0131] The Fc region may be absent if the antibody used as the antibody component of the immunoconjugate is an antibody fragment. However, it is possible to introduce a
carbohydrate moiety into the light chain variable region of a full length antibody or antibody fragment. See, for example, Leung et al, J. Immunol. 154: 5919 (1995); U.S. Patent Nos. 5,443,953 and 6,254,868, the Examples section of which is incorporated herein by reference. The engineered carbohydrate moiety is used to attach the therapeutic or diagnostic agent.
[0132] In some embodiments, a chelating agent may be attached to an antibody, antibody fragment or fusion protein or to a targetable construct and used to chelate a therapeutic or diagnostic agent, such as a radionuclide. Exemplary chelators include but are not limited to DTPA (such as Mx-DTPA), DOTA, TETA, NETA or NOTA. Methods of conjugation and use of chelating agents to attach metals or other ligands to proteins are well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application No. 7,563,433, the Examples section of which is incorporated herein by reference).
[0133] In certain embodiments, radioactive metals or paramagnetic ions may be attached to proteins or peptides by reaction with a reagent having a long tail, to which may be attached a multiplicity of chelating groups for binding ions. Such a tail can be a polymer such as a polylysine, polysaccharide, or other derivatized or derivatizable chains having pendant groups to which can be bound chelating groups such as, e.g., ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), porphyrins, polyamines, crown ethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and like groups known to be useful for this purpose.
[0134] Chelates may be directly linked to antibodies or peptides, for example as disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,824,659, incorporated herein in its entirety by reference. Particularly useful metal-chelate combinations include 2-benzyl-DTPA and its monomethyl and cyclohexyl analogs, used with diagnostic isotopes in the general energy range of 60 to 4,000 keV, such , . ,, ή . , a . . . ,, ,. QO 0. , .
as '"I, '-"I, '"I, "41, 62Cu, 64Cu, 18F, 1 , 1 In, 67Ga, 68Ga, 99mTc, 94mTc, UC, 1JN, 130, /0Br , for radioimaging. The same chelates, when complexed with non-radioactive metals, such as manganese, iron and gadolinium are useful for MRI. Macrocyclic chelates such as NOTA, DOTA, and TETA are of use with a variety of metals and radiometals, most particularly with radionuclides of gallium, yttrium and copper, respectively. Such metal-chelate complexes can be made very stable by tailoring the ring size to the metal of interest. Other ring-type chelates such as macrocyclic polyethers, which are of interest for stably binding nuclides,
99 ^
such as z"Ra for RAIT are encompassed.
[0135] More recently, methods of 18F-labeling of use in PET scanning techniques have been disclosed, for example by reaction of F-18 with a metal or other atom, such as aluminum. The 18F-A1 conjugate may be complexed with chelating groups, such as DOTA, NOTA or NETA that are attached directly to antibodies or used to label targetable constructs in pre- targeting methods. Such F-18 labeling techniques are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 7,563,433, the Examples section of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Methods of Therapeutic Treatment
[0136] Various embodiments concern methods of treating a cancer in a subject, such as a mammal, including humans, domestic or companion pets, such as dogs and cats, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody, fragment or fusion protein. In preferred embodiments, the antibody or fragment is an anti-IGF-lR MAb. In certain embodiments, the therapy may utilize a "naked antibody" that does not have a therapeutic agent bound to it.
[0137] The administration of a "naked" anti-IGF-lR antibody can be supplemented by administering concurrently or sequentially a therapeutically effective amount of another "naked antibody" that binds to or is reactive with another antigen on the surface of the target cell.
Preferred additional MAbs comprise at least one humanized, chimeric or human MAb selected from the group consisting of a MAb reactive with CD4, CD5, CD8, CD 14, CD 15, CD 16, CD19, IGF-1R, CD20, CD21 , CD22, CD23, CD25, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD95, CD126, CD 133, CD 138, CD 154, CEACAM5, CEACAM6, B7, AFP, PSMA, EGP-1, EGP-2, carbonic anhydrase IX, PAM4 antigen, MUC1, MUC2, MUC3, MUC4, MUC5, la, MIF, HM1.24, HLA-DR, tenascin, Flt-3, VEGFR, P1GF, ILGF, IL-6, IL-25, tenascin, TRAIL-R1, TRAIL-R2, complement factor C5, oncogene product, or a combination thereof. [0138] The naked anti-IGF-lR therapy alone or in combination with other naked MAbs can be further supplemented with the administration, either concurrently or sequentially, of at least one therapeutic agent, as discussed above. Multimodal therapies may include therapy with naked anti-IGF-lR antibodies supplemented with administration of anti-CD22, anti-CD 19, anti- CD20, anti-CD21 , anti-CD74, anti-CD80, anti-CD23, anti-CD45, anti-CD46, anti-MIF, anti- EGP-1 , anti-CEACAM5, anti-CEACAM6, PAM4, or anti-HLA-DR (including the invariant chain) antibodies in the form of naked antibodies, fusion proteins, or as immunoconjugates. The naked anti-IGF-lR antibodies or fragments thereof may also be supplemented with naked antibodies against a MUC1 or MUC5 antigen. Various antibodies of use, such as anti- CD^, anti-CD20, and anti-CD22 antibodies, are known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Ghetie et al, Cancer Res. 48:2610 (1988); Hekman et al, Cancer Immunol.
Immunother. 52:364 (1991); Longo, Curr. Opin. Oncol. 5:353 (1996), U.S. Patent Nos.
5,798,554; 6,187,287; 6,306,393; 6,676,924; 7,109,304; 7,151,164; 7,230,084; 7,230,085; 7,238,785; 7,238,786; 7,282,567; 7,300,655; 7,312,318; 7,612,180; 7,501 ,498 and U.S.
Patent Application Publ. Nos. 20080131363; 20080089838; 20070172920; 20060193865; and 20080138333; the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0139] In another form of multimodal therapy, subjects receive naked anti-IGF-lR
antibodies, and/or immunoconjugates, in conjunction with standard cancer chemotherapy. For example, "CVB" (1.5 g/m2 cyclophosphamide, 200-400 mg/m2 etoposide, and 150-200 mg/m carmustine) is a regimen used to treat non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Patti et al, Eur. J. Haematol. 57: 18 (1993). Other suitable combination chemotherapeutic regimens are well- known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Freedman et al. , "Non-Hodgkin's Lymphomas," in CANCER MEDICINE, VOLUME 2, 3rd Edition, Holland et al. (eds.), pages 2028-2068 (Lea & Febiger 1993). As an illustration, first generation chemotherapeutic regimens for treatment of intermediate-grade non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL) include C- MOPP (cyclophosphamide, vincristine, procarbazine and prednisone) and CHOP
(cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone). A useful second generation chemotherapeutic regimen is m-BACOD (methotrexate, bleomycin, doxorubicin,
cyclophosphamide, vincristine, dexamethasone and leucovorin), while a suitable third generation regimen is MACOP-B (methotrexate, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, vincristine, prednisone, bleomycin and leucovorin). Additional useful drugs include phenyl butyrate, bendamustine, and bryostatin-1. In a preferred multimodal therapy, both chemotherapeutic drugs and cytokines are co-administered with an antibody, immunoconjugate or fusion protein according to the present invention. The cytokines, chemotherapeutic drugs and antibody or immunoconjugate can be administered in any order, or together.
[0140] Immunoconjugates or naked antibodies can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the immunoconjugate or naked antibody is combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically suitable excipient. Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically suitable excipient. Other suitable excipients are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Ansel et al, PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), and Gennaro (ed.), REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 18th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1990), and revised editions thereof.
[0141] The immunoconjugate or naked antibody of the present invention can be formulated for intravenous administration via, for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion.
Preferably, the antibody of the present invention is infused over a period of less than about 4 hours, and more preferably, over a period of less than about 3 hours. For example, the first 25-50 mg could be infused within 30 minutes, preferably even 15 min, and the remainder infused over the next 2-3 hrs. Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions can take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
[0142] Additional pharmaceutical methods may be employed to control the duration of action of the therapeutic or diagnostic conjugate or naked antibody. Control release preparations can be prepared through the use of polymers to complex or adsorb the immunoconjugate or naked antibody. For example, biocompatible polymers include matrices of poly(ethylene-co- vinyl acetate) and matrices of a polyanhydride copolymer of a stearic acid dimer and sebacic acid. Sherwood et al , Bio/Technology 10: 1446 (1992). The rate of release of an
immunoconjugate or antibody from such a matrix depends upon the molecular weight of the immunoconjugate or antibody, the amount of immunoconjugate, antibody within the matrix, and the size of dispersed particles. Saltzman et al, Biophys. J. 55: 163 (1989); Sherwood et al. , supra. Other solid dosage forms are described in Ansel et al , PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORMS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), and Gennaro (ed.), REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, 18th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1990), and revised editions thereof. [0143] The inimunoconjugate, antibody fusion proteins, or naked antibody may also be administered to a mammal subcutaneously or even by other parenteral routes. Moreover, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses. Preferably, the antibody is infused over a period of less than about 4 hours, and more preferably, over a period of less than about 3 hours.
[0144] More generally, the dosage of an administered immunoconjugate, fusion protein or naked antibody for humans will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. It may be desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of immunoconjugate, antibody fusion protein or naked antibody that is in the range of from about 1 mg/kg to 25 mg/kg as a single intravenous infusion, although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate. A dosage of 1 -20 mg/kg for a 70 kg patient, for example, is 70-1 ,400 mg, or 41-824 mg/m2 for a 1.7-m patient. The dosage may be repeated as needed, for example, once per week for 4-10 weeks, once per week for 8 weeks, or once per week for 4 weeks. It may also be given less frequently, such as every other week for several months, or monthly or quarterly for many months, as needed in a maintenance therapy.
[0145] Alternatively, an antibody such as a naked anti-IGF-lR, may be administered as one dosage every 2 or 3 weeks, repeated for a total of at least 3 dosages. Or, the antibodies may be administered twice per week for 4-6 weeks. If the dosage is lowered to approximately 200-300 mg/m2 (340 mg per dosage for a 1.7-m patient, or 4.9 mg/kg for a 70 kg patient), it may be administered once or even twice weekly for 4 to 10 weeks. Alternatively, the dosage schedule may be decreased, namely every 2 or 3 weeks for 2-3 months. It has been determined, however, that even higher doses, such as 20 mg/kg once weekly or once every 2- 3 weeks can be administered by slow i.v. infusion, for repeated dosing cycles. The dosing schedule can optionally be repeated at other intervals and dosage may be given through various parenteral routes, with appropriate adjustment of the dose and schedule.
[0146] In preferred embodiments, the anti-IGF-lR antibodies are of use for therapy of cancer. Examples of cancers include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, glioblastoma, melanoma, sarcoma, and leukemia, myeloma, or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers are noted below and include: squamous cell cancer (e.g., epithelial squamous cell cancer), Ewing sarcoma, Wilms tumor, astrocytomas, lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, neuroendocrine tumors, medullary thyroid cancer, differentiated thyroid carcinoma, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulvar cancer, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, as well as head-and-neck cancer. The term
"cancer" includes primary malignant cells or tumors (e.g., those whose cells have not migrated to sites in the subject's body other than the site of the original malignancy or tumor) and secondary malignant cells or tumors (e.g., those arising from metastasis, the migration of malignant cells or tumor cells to secondary sites that are different from the site of the original tumor). Cancers conducive to treatment methods of the present invention involves cells which express, over-express, or abnormally express IGF-1R.
[0147] Other examples of cancers or malignancies include, but are not limited to: Acute Childhood Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia, Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Adrenocortical Carcinoma, Adult (Primary)
Hepatocellular Cancer, Adult (Primary) Liver Cancer, Adult Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia, Adult Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Adult Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Adult Lymphocytic Leukemia, Adult Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Adult Primary Liver Cancer, Adult Soft Tissue Sarcoma, AIDS-Related Lymphoma, AIDS-Related Malignancies, Anal Cancer, Astrocytoma, Bile Duct Cancer, Bladder Cancer, Bone Cancer, Brain Stem Glioma, Brain Tumors, Breast Cancer, Cancer of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter, Central Nervous System (Primary)
Lymphoma, Central Nervous System Lymphoma, Cerebellar Astrocytoma, Cerebral
Astrocytoma, Cervical Cancer, Childhood (Primary) Hepatocellular Cancer, Childhood (Primary) Liver Cancer, Childhood Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Childhood Acute Myeloid Leukemia, Childhood Brain Stem Glioma, Childhood Cerebellar Astrocytoma, Childhood Cerebral Astrocytoma, Childhood Extracranial Germ Cell Tumors, Childhood Hodgkin's Disease, Childhood Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Childhood Hypothalamic and Visual Pathway Glioma, Childhood Lymphoblastic Leukemia, Childhood Medulloblastoma, Childhood Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Childhood Pineal and Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors, Childhood Primary Liver Cancer, Childhood Rhabdomyosarcoma, Childhood Soft Tissue Sarcoma, Childhood Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic Glioma, Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia, Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia, Colon Cancer, Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma, Endocrine Pancreas Islet Cell Carcinoma, Endometrial Cancer,
Ependymoma, Epithelial Cancer, Esophageal Cancer, Ewing's Sarcoma and Related Tumors, Exocrine Pancreatic Cancer, Extracranial Germ Cell Tumor, Extragonadal Germ Cell Tumor, Extrahepatic Bile Duct Cancer, Eye Cancer, Female Breast Cancer, Gaucher's Disease, Gallbladder Cancer, Gastric Cancer, Gastrointestinal Carcinoid Tumor, Gastrointestinal Tumors, Germ Cell Tumors, Gestational Trophoblastic Tumor, Hairy Cell Leukemia, Head and Neck Cancer, Hepatocellular Cancer, Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Hypergammaglobulinemia, Hypopharyngeal Cancer, Intestinal Cancers, Intraocular Melanoma, Islet Cell Carcinoma, Islet Cell Pancreatic Cancer, Kaposi's Sarcoma, Kidney Cancer, Laryngeal Cancer, Lip and Oral Cavity Cancer, Liver Cancer, Lung Cancer, Lymphoproliferative Disorders,
Macroglobulinemia, Male Breast Cancer, Malignant Mesothelioma, Malignant Thymoma, Medulloblastoma, Melanoma, Mesothelioma, Metastatic Occult Primary Squamous Neck Cancer, Metastatic Primary Squamous Neck Cancer, Metastatic Squamous Neck Cancer, Multiple Myeloma, Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasm, Myelodysplastic Syndrome, Myelogenous Leukemia, Myeloid Leukemia, Myeloproliferative Disorders, Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer, Nasopharyngeal Cancer, Neuroblastoma, Non-Hodgkin's
Lymphoma, Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer, Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer, Occult Primary Metastatic Squamous Neck Cancer, Oropharyngeal Cancer, Osteo-/Malignant Fibrous Sarcoma, Osteosarcoma/Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma, Osteosarcoma/Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma of Bone, Ovarian Epithelial Cancer, Ovarian Germ Cell Tumor, Ovarian Low Malignant Potential Tumor, Pancreatic Cancer, Paraproteinemias, Polycythemia vera, Parathyroid Cancer, Penile Cancer, Pheochromocytoma, Pituitary Tumor, Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma, Primary Liver Cancer, Prostate Cancer, Rectal Cancer, Renal Cell Cancer, Renal Pelvis and Ureter Cancer, Retinoblastoma, Rhabdomyosarcoma, Salivary Gland Cancer, Sarcoidosis Sarcomas, Sezary Syndrome, Skin Cancer, Small Cell Lung Cancer, Small Intestine Cancer, Soft Tissue Sarcoma, Squamous Neck Cancer, Stomach Cancer, Supratentorial Primitive Neuroectodermal and Pineal Tumors, T-Cell Lymphoma, Testicular Cancer, Thymoma, Thyroid Cancer, Transitional Cell Cancer of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter, Transitional Renal Pelvis and Ureter Cancer, Trophoblastic Tumors, Ureter and Renal Pelvis Cell Cancer, Urethral Cancer, Uterine Cancer, Uterine Sarcoma, Vaginal Cancer, Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic Glioma, Vulvar Cancer, Waldenstrom's
Macroglobulinemia, Wilms' Tumor, and any other hyperproliferative disease, besides neoplasia, located in an organ system listed above.
[0148] The methods and compositions described and claimed herein may be used to treat malignant or premalignant conditions and to prevent progression to a neoplastic or malignant state, including but not limited to those disorders described above. Such uses are indicated in conditions known or suspected of preceding progression to neoplasia or cancer, in particular, where non-neoplastic cell growth consisting of hyperplasia, metaplasia, or most particularly, dysplasia has occurred (for review of such abnormal growth conditions, see Robbins and Angell, Basic Pathology, 2d Ed., W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 68-79 (1976)). Such conditions in which cells begin to express, over-express, or abnormally express IGF-1R, are particularly treatable by the disclosed methods and compositions.
[0149] Dysplasia is frequently a forerunner of cancer, and is found mainly in the epithelia. It is the most disorderly form of non-neoplastic cell growth, involving a loss in individual cell uniformity and in the architectural orientation of cells. Dysplasia characteristically occurs where there exists chronic irritation or inflammation. Dysplastic disorders which can be treated include, but are not limited to, anhidrotic ectodermal dysplasia, anterofacial dysplasia, asphyxiating thoracic dysplasia, atriodigital dysplasia, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, cerebral dysplasia, cervical dysplasia, chondroectodermal dysplasia, cleidocranial dysplasia, congenital ectodermal dysplasia, craniodiaphysial dysplasia, craniocarpotarsal dysplasia, craniometaphysial dysplasia, dentin dysplasia, diaphysial dysplasia, ectodermal dysplasia, enamel dysplasia, encephalo-ophthalmic dysplasia, dysplasia epiphysialis hemimelia, dysplasia epiphysialis multiplex, dysplasia epiphysialis punctata, epithelial dysplasia, faciodigitogenital dysplasia, familial fibrous dysplasia of jaws, familial white folded dysplasia, fibromuscular dysplasia, fibrous dysplasia of bone, florid osseous dysplasia, hereditary renal-retinal dysplasia, hidrotic ectodermal dysplasia, hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia, lymphopenic thymic dysplasia, mammary dysplasia, mandibulofacial dysplasia, metaphysial dysplasia, Mondini dysplasia, monostotic fibrous dysplasia, mucoepithelial dysplasia, multiple epiphysial dysplasia, oculoauriculovertebral dysplasia, oculodentodigital dysplasia, oculovertebral dysplasia, odontogenic dysplasia, opthalmomandibulomelic dysplasia, periapical cemental dysplasia, polyostotic fibrous dysplasia,
pseudoachondroplastic spondyloepiphysial dysplasia, retinal dysplasia, septo-optic dysplasia, spondyloepiphysial dysplasia, and ventriculoradial dysplasia.
[0150] Additional pre-neoplastic disorders which can be treated include, but are not limited to, benign dysproliferative disorders (e.g., benign tumors, fibrocystic conditions, tissue hypertrophy, intestinal polyps or adenomas, and esophageal dysplasia), leukoplakia, keratoses, Bowen's disease, Farmer's Skin, solar cheilitis, and solar keratosis.
[0151] In preferred embodiments, the method of the invention is used to inhibit growth, progression, and/or metastasis of cancers, in particular those listed above.
[0152] Additional hyperproliferative diseases, disorders, and/or conditions include, but are not limited to, progression, and/or metastases of malignancies and related disorders such as leukemia (including acute leukemias (e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia (including myeloblasts, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythro leukemia)) and chronic leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and chronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia vera, lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and solid tumors including, but not limited to, sarcomas and carcinomas such as fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma,
lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular tumor, lung carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, emangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma.
Kits
[0153] Various embodiments may concern kits containing components suitable for treating or diagnosing diseased tissue in a patient. Exemplary kits may contain at least one antibody, fragment or fusion protein as described herein. If the composition containing components for administration is not formulated for delivery via the alimentary canal, such as by oral delivery, a device capable of delivering the kit components through some other route may be included. One type of device, for applications such as parenteral delivery, is a syringe that is used to inject the composition into the body of a subject. Inhalation devices may also be used.
[0154] The kit components may be packaged together or separated into two or more containers. In some embodiments, the containers may be vials that contain sterile, lyophilized formulations of a composition that are suitable for reconstitution. A kit may also contain one or more buffers suitable for reconstitution and/or dilution of other reagents. Other containers that may be used include, but are not limited to, a pouch, tray, box, tube, or the like. Kit components may be packaged and maintained sterilely within the containers.
Another component that can be included is instructions to a person using a kit for its use.
Expression Vectors
[0155] Still other embodiments may concern DNA sequences comprising a nucleic acid encoding an antibody, fragment, fusion protein or bispecific antibody. Exemplary sequences that may be encoded and expressed include an anti-IGF-lR MAb or fragment thereof, a fusion protein comprising at least one anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof, a fusion protein comprising at least one first antibody or fragment and at least one second antibody or fragment. The first and second antibodies may comprise an anti-IGF-lR antibody, an antibody against a tumor associated antigen and/or a hapten on a targetable construct. Fusion proteins may comprise an antibody or antibody fragment attached to a different peptide or protein, such as the AD and DDD peptides utilized for DNL construct formation as discussed in more detail in the Examples below.
[0156] Various embodiments relate to expression vectors comprising the coding DNA sequences. The vectors may contain sequences encoding the light and heavy chain constant regions and the hinge region of a human immunoglobulin to which may be attached chimeric, humanized or human variable region sequences. The vectors may additionally contain promoters that express MAbs in a selected host cell, immunoglobulin enhancers and signal or leader sequences. Vectors that are particularly useful are pdHL2 or GS. More preferably, the light and heavy chain constant regions and hinge region may be from a human EU myeloma immunoglobulin, where optionally at least one of the amino acid in the allotype positions is changed to that found in a different IgGl allotype, and wherein optionally amino acid 253 of the heavy chain of EU based on the EU number system may be replaced with alanine. See Edelman et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 63: 78-85 (1969). In other embodiments, an IgGl sequence may be converted to an IgG4 sequence as discussed below.
[0157] Also encompassed is a method of expressing antibodies or fragments thereof or fusion proteins. The skilled artisan will realize that methods of genetically engineering expression constructs and insertion into host cells to express engineered proteins are well known in the art and a matter of routine experimentation. Host cells and methods of expression of cloned antibodies or fragments have been described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 7,531,327;
7,537,930; and 7,608,425, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference. General techniques for construction of anti-IGF-lR antibodies
[0158] The VK (variable light chain) and VH (variable heavy chain) sequences for anti-IGF-lR antibodies may be obtained by a variety of molecular cloning procedures, such as RT-PCR, 5'- RACE, and cDNA library screening. The V genes of an anti-IGF-lR MAb from a cell that expresses a murine anti-IGF-lR MAb can be cloned by PCR amplification and sequenced. To confirm their authenticity, the cloned VL and VH genes can be expressed in cell culture as a chimeric Ab as described by Orlandi et al, (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci, USA, 86: 3833 (1989)). Based on the V gene sequences, a humanized anti-IGF-lR MAb can then be designed and constructed as described by Leung et al. (Mol. Immunol, 32: 1413 (1995)).
[0159] cDNA can be prepared from any known hybridoma line or transfected cell line producing a murine anti-IGF-lR MAb by general molecular cloning techniques (Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A laboratory manual, 2nd Ed (1989)). The VK sequence for the MAb may be amplified using the primers VK1BACK and VK1FOR (Orlandi et al, 1989) or the extended primer set described by Leung et al. (BioTechniques, 15: 286 (1993)). The VH sequences can be amplified using the primer pair VH1BACK/VH1FOR (Orlandi et al, 1989) or the primers annealing to the constant region of murine IgG described by Leung et al.
(Hybridoma, 13:469 (1994)).
[0160] PCR reaction mixtures containing 10 μΐ of the first strand cDNA product, 10 μΐ of 10X PCR buffer [500 raM KC1, 100 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.3), 15 mM MgCl2, and 0.01% (w/v) gelatin] (Perkin Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, CT), 250 μΜ of each dNTP, 200 nM of the primers, and 5 units of Taq DNA polymerase (Perkin Elmer Cetus) can be subjected to 30 cycles of PCR. Each PCR cycle preferably consists of denaturation at 94°C for 1 min, annealing at 50°C for 1.5 min, and polymerization at 72°C for 1.5 min. Amplified VK and VH fragments can be purified on 2% agarose (BioRad, Richmond, CA). The humanized V genes can be constructed by a combination of long oligonucleotide template syntheses and PCR amplification as described by Leung et al. (Mol. Immunol, 32: 1413 (1995)).
[0161] PCR products for VK can be subcloned into a staging vector, such as a pBR327-based staging vector, VKpBR, that contains an Ig promoter, a signal peptide sequence and convenient restriction sites to facilitate in-frame ligation of the VK PCR products. PCR products for VH can be subcloned into a similar staging vector, such as the pBluescript-based VHpBS. Individual clones containing the respective PCR products may be sequenced by, for example, the method of Sanger et al (Proc. Natl Acad. Sci., USA, 74: 5463 (1977)).
[0162] Expression cassettes containing the VK and VH sequences, together with the promoter and signal peptide sequences, can be excised from VKpBR and VHpBS, respectively, by double restriction digestion as Hindlll-BamHI fragments. The VK and VH expression cassettes can be ligated into appropriate expression vectors, such as pKh and pGlg, respectively (Leung et al, Hybridoma, 13:469 (1994)). The expression vectors can be co-transfected into an appropriate cell, e.g., myeloma Sp2/0-Agl4 (ATCC, VA), colonies selected for hygromycin resistance, and supernatant fluids monitored for production of a chimeric, humanized or human anti-IGF-lR MAb by, for example, an ELISA assay. Alternatively, the VK and VH expression cassettes can be assembled in the modified staging vectors, VKpBR2 and VHpBS2, excised as Xbal BamHI and Xhol/BamHI fragments, respectively, and subcloned into a single expression vector, such as pdHL2, as described by Gillies et al. (J Immunol. Methods 125:191 (1989) and also shown in Losman et al., Cancer, 80:2660 (1997)). Another vector that is useful is the GS vector, as described in Barnes et al , Cytotechnology 32:109-123 (2000). Other appropriate mammalian expression systems are described in Werner et al. , Arzneim.-Forsch. Drug Res. 48(11), Nr. 8, 870-880 (1998).
[0163] Co-transfection and assay for antibody secreting clones by ELISA, can be carried out as follows. About 10 μg of VKpKh (light chain expression vector) and 20 μg of VHpGlg (heavy chain expression vector) can be used for the transfection of 5 X 106 SP2/0 myeloma cells by electroporation (BioRad, Richmond, CA) according to Co et al., J. Immunol, 148: 1149 (1992). Following transfection, cells may be grown in 96-well microtiter plates in complete HSFM medium (Life Technologies, Inc., Grand Island, NY) at 37°C, 5% C02. The selection process can be initiated after two days by the addition of hygromycin selection medium (Calbiochem, San Diego, CA) at a final concentration of 500 units/ml of hygromycin. Colonies typically emerge 2-3 weeks post-electroporation. The cultures can then be expanded for further analysis. Transfectoma clones that are positive for the secretion of chimeric, humanized or human heavy chain can be identified by ELISA assay.
[0164] Antibodies can be isolated from cell culture media as follows. Transfectoma cultures are adapted to serum-free medium. For production of chimeric antibody, cells are grown as a 500 ml culture in roller bottles using HSFM. Cultures are centrifuged and the supernatant filtered through a 0.2 μ membrane. The filtered medium is passed through a protein A column (1 x 3 cm) at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. The resin is then washed with about 10 column volumes of PBS and protein A-bound antibody is eluted from the column with 0.1 M citrate buffer (pH 3.5) containing 10 mM EDTA. Fractions of 1.0 ml are collected in tubes containing 10 μΐ of 3 M Tris (pH 8.6), and protein concentrations determined from the absorbance at 280/260 ran. Peak fractions are pooled, dialyzed against PBS, and the antibody concentrated, for example, with the Centricon 30 (Amicon, Beverly, MA). The antibody concentration is determined by absorbance at 280 nm and its concentration adjusted to about 1 mg/ml using PBS. Sodium azide, 0.01%
(w/v), is conveniently added to the sample as preservative.
EXAMPLES
Example 1. Generation and initial characterization of anti-IGF-lR antibodies: Rl, cRl, and hRl
[0165] Three BALB/c mice were each immunized i.p. with 15 μg of recombinant human IGF-IR (R&D Systems, Catalog # 391-GR), comprising a mixture of both processed and unprocessed extracellular domain of human IGF-IR, in complete Freund's adjuvant.
Additional immunizations in incomplete Freund's adjuvant were done 14, 21, and 28 days after the initial immunization. Spleen cells from the immunized mice were fused with P3X63Ag8.653 cells to generate hybridomas according to standard protocols. One clone (C- 1 1) expressing anti-IGF-lR but not anti-IR (insulin receptor) activity was isolated and expanded in cultures to obtain the mouse antibody designated ML04R1 or Rl, which was shown to be an IgGl/A: with the ability to inhibit the binding of radioiodinated IGF-1 to the IGF-IR expressing human breast cancer cell line MCF-7L (a subline of MCF-7) comparable to a commercially available mouse anti-IGF-lR monoclonal antibody (mAb) MAB391 (Table 2).
Table 2. Binding of , SI-IGF-1 to MCF-7L in the presence of MAB391
Figure imgf000052_0001
a R&D clone 33255.1 1 1
[0166] To obtain cRl , the mouse-human chimeric mAb of Rl, the VH and VK genes of Rl were cloned by 5'-RACE. The authenticity of the cloned VH and VK genes was confirmed by N-terminal protein sequencing that showed an exact match of the first
15 N-terminal amino acids with the corresponding amino acids deduced from DNA sequences (Table 3). The cloned VH and V genes were inserted into the pdHL2
vector to generate cRlpdHL2 (FIG. 1), the expression vector for cRl .
Table 3. N-terminal protein sequencing of Rl
Figure imgf000053_0001
aPurified Rl was subjected to N-terminal protein sequencing (15 cycles). Two residues were detected after each cycle of Edman degradation.
bDeduced from the DNA sequences.
[0167] cRl-producing clones were generated using SpE-26 (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 7,531 ,327), a variant of Sp2/0-Agl4 that shows improved growth properties, as host cells. Briefly, approximately 30 μg of cRlpdHL2 was linearized by digestion with Sail restriction endonuclease and transfected into SpE-26 cells by electroporation. The transfectants were selected with 0.075 μΜ methotrexate (MTX), and screened by ELISA for human Fc binding activities. The higher producing clones were further expanded to pick the two best clones (709.2D2 and 710.2G2), from which cRl was produced in batch cultures, purified by Protein A, and each confirmed by ELISA to bind specifically to immobilized rhlGF-lR, but not to immobilized rhIR, as shown in FIG. 2, with the same high affinity (KD ~0.1 nM) for immobilized rhIGF-lR, as shown in FIG. 3. Surprisingly, cRl appears to have a higher affinity than Rl for rhIGF-lR immobilized onto polystyrene beads as shown by a
competition assay in which the binding of Rl tagged with a fluorescent probe was measured by flow cytometry in the presence of varying concentrations of cRl or Rl (FIG. 4).
[0168] Successful humanization of cRl to hRl was achieved by grafting the CDRs onto the human framework regions of hMN-14 (U.S. Patent Nos. 5,874,540 and 6,676,924, the Examples section of each incorporated herein by reference) in which certain human framework residues were replaced with murine counterparts of Rl at corresponding positions. Other selected residues were substituted for cloning purposes, resulting in the amino acid sequences of hRl VH and hRl VK as shown in SEQ ID NO:9 and SEQ ID NO: 10, respectively. Genes encoding hRl VH and hRl Vk were then synthesized and engineered into pdHL2 to obtain hRlpdHL2, the expression vector for hRl . Subsequent efforts to secure the production clone (71 1.3C1 1) for hRl were similar to those describe above for cRl . Positive clones were selected for binding activity to rhIGF-lR. As shown in FIG. 5, hRl displayed virtually the same binding affinity as cRl for rhIGF-lR immobilized on polystyrene beads.
[0169] To determine whether cRl can block the binding of IGF- 1 or IGF-2 to IGF-IR, we used polystyrene beads immobilized with rhIGF-lR as surrogates of cells expressing IGF-IR and performed the beads-competition assays as follows. Briefly, varying concentrations (0 to 670 nM) of cRl , IGF-1, or IGF-2 were mixed with a constant amount of 125I-IGF-1 or 125I- IGF-2. The rhIGF-1 -coated beads were then added, incubated at room temperature for 1 h with gentle rocking, washed, and counted for radioactivity. The results shown in FIG. 6 indicate that cRl failed to block the binding of either IGF-1 or IGF-2 to such immobilized rhIGF-lR under these conditions. The results of a similar experiment shown in FIG. 7 also indicate that binding of 125I-IGF-1 to the bead-immobilized IGF-IR was effectively blocked by IGF-1 or MAB391 , but not by hRl or Rl . These findings suggest IGF-1 and MAB391 bind to the same epitope, or have overlapping epitopes of IGF-IR, and hRl targets a different region of IGF-IR from MAB391 or IGF-1. As the primary binding site of IGF-IR for IGF-1 was reported to be located in the cysteine-rich (CR) domain between amino acids (aa) 223 and 274, and the same region (aa 223-274) has been assigned as the epitope to ocIR-3, which like MAB391 , competes for IGF-1 binding (Gustafson TA, Rutter WJ. J Biol Chem 1990; 265: 18663-7), it appeared that MAB391 also binds to the same region or interacts with sites in close proximity.
Example 2. Epitope mapping studies of Rl, cRl, and hRl
[0170] To further locate the region of IGF-IR to which hRl binds, a panel of commercially available anti-IGF-lR mAbs that have their epitopes to IGF-IR mapped, were evaluated for their ability to cross-block each other from binding to the IGF-lR-coated beads. The results of two typical experiments are provided in FIG. 8A, which shows the binding of Rl tagged with a fluorescent probe (PE) was not affected by MAB391 even at 100 μg/mL, and FIG.8B, which shows the binding of MAB391 tagged with PE was only partially inhibited (50 to 60%) by Rl at 100 μg/mL. Additional results summarized in Table 3 A indicate that the epitope of Rl is located in the CR domain between aa 151 and 282 and can be further located to the first half of the CR domain between aa 151 and 222 (Table 3B). Table 3A. % binding of each labded antibody (*) to riiGF- IR-coated beads inthe presence of the unlabeled aitibody (24-31, 2457, 17-69, 1-2, 1H7,2C8, 3B7)
Figure imgf000055_0001
Table 3B. % binding of each labeled antibody (*) to rhIGF- lR-coated beads in the presence of the unlabeled antibody (Rl, cRl, hRl, 24-60, oJR-3, MAB391)
Figure imgf000056_0001
Example 3. Additional characterization of Rl, cRl, and hRl
[0171] Whereas IGF-1 stimulates proliferation of MCF-7 cells grown in serum-free medium, achieving a maximal effect of 50% increase in viable cell counts at 100 ng/mL when compared to the untreated control at 48 h, hRl does not (FIG.9). Thus hRl is not agonistic upon binding to IGF-IR. Internalization of hRl into MCF-7 was observed at 37 °C but not at 4 °C (not shown).
Example 4. Construction of expression vectors for hRl-IgG4(S228P) variant
[0172] B 13-24 cells containing an IgG4 gene are purchased from ATCC (ATCC Number
CRL- 1 1397) and genomic DNA is isolated. Briefly, cells are washed with PBS, resuspended in digestion buffer (100 mM NaCl, 10 niM Tris-HCl pH8.0, 25 mM EDTA pH8.0, 0.5%
SDS, 0.1 mg/ml proteinase K) and incubated at 50°C for 18 h. The sample is extracted with an equal volume of phenol/chloroform/isoamylalcohol and precipitated with 7.5 M
NH.sub.4Ac/100% EtOH. Genomic DNA is recovered by centrifugation and dissolved in TE buffer. Using genomic DNA as template, the IgG4 gene is amplified by PCR using the following primers.
Primer-SacII
CCGCGGTCACATGGCACCACCTCTCTTGCAGCTTCCACCAAGGGCCC (SEQ ID
NO: l l)
Primer-Eagl:
CCGGCCGTCGCACTCATTTACCCAGAGACAGGG (SEQ ID NO: 12)
[0173] Amplified PCR product is cloned into a TOPO-TA sequencing vector (Invitrogen) and confirmed by DNA sequencing. The SacII-EagI fragment containing the heavy chain constant region of IgGl in hRlpdHL2 is replaced with SacII-EagI of the TOPO-TA-IgG4 plasmid to produce the hRl-pdHL2-IgG4 (hRlpdHL2-y4) vector.
IgG4-Proline mutation
[0174] A Ser228Pro mutation is introduced in the hinge region of IgG4 to avoid formation of half-molecules. A mutated hinge region 56 bp fragment (Pstl-StuI) is synthesized
Top
GAGTCCAAATATGGTCCCCCATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGGTAAGCCAACCCAGG
(SEQ ID NO: 13);
Bottom:
CCTGGGTTGGCTTACCTGGGCACGGTGGGCATGGGGGACCATATTTGGACTCTGC
A (SEQ ID NO: 14)
annealed and replaced with the Pstl-StuI fragment of IgG4. This construction results in a final vector hRlpdHL2- AV.
Example 5. Generation of Multivalent hRl-based Antibodies by DNL
[0175] The DNL technique may be used to make multivalent, hRl-based antibodies in various formats that are either monospecific or bispecific. For certain preferred
embodiments, Fab antibody fragments may be produced as fusion proteins containing either a DDD or AD sequence. Bispecific antibodies may be formed by combining a Fab-DDD fusion protein of a first antibody with a Fab- AD fusion protein of a second antibody.
Alternatively, an IgG-AD module may be produced as a fusion protein and combines with a Fab-DDD module of the same or different specificity. Additional types of constructs may be made that combine the targeting capabilities of an antibody with the effector function of any other protein or peptide.
[0176] Independent transgenic cell lines are developed for each DDD- or AD-fusion protein. Once produced, the modules can be purified if desired or maintained in the cell culture supernatant fluid. Following production, any Fab-DDD module can be combined with any AD-module. DDD- or AD-modules may be produced synthetically such as linkinging an AD- sequence to polyethylene glycol or a DDD-sequence to an oligonucleotide. For different types of constructs, different AD or DDD sequences may be utilized.
DDD1 : SHIQIPPGLTELLQGYTVEVLRQQPPDLVEFAVEYFTRLREARA (SEQ ID NO: 15)
DDD2: CGHIQIPPGLTELLQGYTVEVLRQQPPDLVEFAVEYFTRLREARA (SEQ ID NO: 16)
AD1 : QIEYLAKQIVDNAIQQA (SEQ ID NO: 17) AD2: CGQIEYLAKQIVDNAIQQAGC (SEQ ID NO: 18)
[0177] The plasmid vector pdHL2 has been used to produce a number of antibodies and antibody-based constructs. See, Gillies et al., J Immunol Methods (1989), 125: 191-202; Losman et al., Cancer (Phila) (1997), 80:2660-6. The di-cistronic mammalian expression vector directs the synthesis of the heavy and light chains of IgG. The vector sequences are mostly identical for many different IgG-pdHL2 constructs, with the only differences existing in the variable domain (VH and VL) sequences. Using molecular biology tools known to those skilled in the art, these IgG expression vectors can be converted into Fab-DDD, Fab-AD, or IgG- AD expression vectors, as described in detail below for Fab-DDD 1 and Fab-AD 1. To generate the expression vector for Fab-DDD 1, the coding sequences for the hinge, CH2 and CH3 domains of the heavy chain are replaced with a sequence encoding the first 4 residues of the hinge, a 14 residue Gly-Ser linker and DDD1 (the first 44 residues of human Rlla). To generate the expression vector for Fab-AD 1 , the sequences for the hinge, CH2 and CH3 domains of IgG are replaced with a sequence encoding the first 4 residues of the hinge, a 15 residue Gly-Ser linker and AD1 (a 17 residue synthetic AD called AKAP- S1, which was generated using bioinformatics and peptide array technology and shown to bind Rlla dimers with a very high affinity (0.4 nM). See Alto, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., U.S.A (2003), 100:4445-50).
[0178] To facilitate the conversion of IgG-pdHL2 vectors to either Fab-DDDl or Fab- AD 1 expression vectors, two shuttle vectors were designed and constructed as follows.
Preparation of CHI
[0179] The CH I domain was amplified by PCR using the pdHL2 plasmid vector as a template. The left PCR primer consists of the upstream (5') end of the CH I domain and a Sacll restriction endonuclease site, which is 5 ' of the CHI coding sequence. The right primer consists of the sequence coding for the first 4 residues of the hinge (PKSC) followed by four glycines and a serine, with the final two codons (GS) comprising a Bam HI restriction site.
5 ' of CHI Left Primer
5 'GAACCTCGCGGACAGTTAAG-3' (SEQ ID NO: 19)
CHl +G4S-Bam Right ("G4S" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54)
5 ' GGATCCTCCGCCGCCGC AGCTCTTAGGTTTCTTGTCCACCTTGGTGTTGCTGG-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:20)
[0180] The 410 bp PCR amplimer was cloned into the pGemT PCR cloning vector (Promega, Inc.) and clones were screened for inserts in the T7 (5') orientation.
Construction of (G4S)2DDD1 ("(G4S)2" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 55)
[0181 ] A duplex oligonucleotide, designated (G4S)2DDD1 ("(G4S)2" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 55), was synthesized by Sigma Genosys (Haverhill, UK) to code for the amino acid sequence of DDD1 preceded by 1 1 residues of the linker peptide, with the first two codons comprising a BamHI restriction site. A stop codon and an Eagl restriction site are appended to the 3 'end. The encoded polypeptide sequence is shown below.
GSGGGGSGGGGSHIOIPPGLTELLQGYTVEVLRQOPPDLVEFAVEYFTRLREARA
(SEQ ID NO:21)
[0182] The two oligonucleotides, designated RIIA1 -44 top and RIIA1 -44 bottom, that overlap by 30 base pairs on their 3 ' ends, were synthesized (Sigma Genosys) and combined to comprise the central 154 base pairs of the 174 bp DDD1 sequence. The oligonucleotides were annealed and subjected to a primer extension reaction with Taq polymerase.
RIIA 1-44 top
5 ' GTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGAGGTGGC AGCC ACATCCAGATCCCGCCGGGGCTCACG GAGCTGCTGCAGGGCTACACGGTGGAGGTGCTGCGACAG-3' (SEQ ID NO:34)
RIIA 1-44 bottom
5'GCGCGAGCTTCTCTCAGGCGGGTGAAGTACTCCACTGCGAATTCGACGAGGTC AGGCGGCTGCTGTCGCAGCACCTCCACCGTGTAGCCCTG-3' (SEQ ID NO:35)
[0183] Following primer extension, the duplex was amplified by PCR using the following primers:
G4S Bam-Left ("G4S" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54) 5 ' -GGATCCGGAGGTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGAGGT-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:36)
1-44 stop Eag Right
5 ' -CGGCCGTCAAGCGCGAGCTTCTCTC AGGCG-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:37)
[0184] This amplimer was cloned into pGemT and screened for inserts in the T7 (5') orientation.
Construction of (G4S)2-AD1(*'(G4S)2" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 55)
[0185] A duplex oligonucleotide, designated (G4S)2-AD1 ("(G4S)2" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 55), was synthesized (Sigma Genosys) to code for the amino acid sequence of ADl preceded by 1 1 residues of the linker peptide with the first two codons comprising a BamHI restriction site. A stop codon and an Eagl restriction site are appended to the 3 'end. The encoded polypeptide sequence is shown below.
GSGGGGSGGGGSOIEYLAKOIVDNAIOQA (SEQ ID NO:38)
[0186] Two complimentary overlapping oligonucleotides, designated AKAP-IS Top and AKAP-IS Bottom, were synthesized.
AKAP-IS Top 5 ' GGATCCGGAGGTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGAGGTGGC AGCC AG ATCGAGTACCTGGC CAAGCAGATCGTGGACAACGCCATCCAGCAGGCCTGACGGCCG-3' (SEQ ID NO:22)
AKAP-IS Bottom
5 ' CGGCCGTC AGGCCTGCTGGATGGCGTTGTCC ACGATCTGCTTGGCC AGGTACTC GATCTGGCTGCCACCTCCGCCAGACCCGCCACCTCCGGATCC-3' (SEQ ID NO:23)
[0187] The duplex was amplified by PCR using the following primers:
G4S Bam-Left ("G4S" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54) 5 '-GGATCCGGAGGTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGAGGT-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:24)
AKAP-IS stop Eag Right 5' -CGGCCGTC AGGCCTGCTGGATG-3' (SEQ ID NO:25)
[0188] This amplimer was cloned into the pGemT vector and screened for inserts in the T7 (5') orientation.
Ligating DDD1 with CHI
[0189] A 190 bp fragment encoding the DDD1 sequence was excised from pGemT with BamHI and Notl restriction enzymes and then ligated into the same sites in CHl-pGemT to generate the shuttle vector CHl-DDDl-pGemT.
Ligating AD1 with CHI
[0190] A 1 10 bp fragment containing the AD1 sequence was excised from pGemT with BamHI and Notl and then ligated into the same sites in CHl-pGemT to generate the shuttle vector CH 1 -AD 1 -pGemT.
Cloning CH1-DDD1 or CH1-AD1 into pdHL2-based vectors
[0191] With this modular design either CHI -DDD I or CH1-AD1 can be incorporated into any IgG- pdHL2 vector. The entire heavy chain constant domain is replaced with one of the above constructs by removing the SacII/EagI restriction fragment (CH1-CH3) from pdHL2 and replacing it with the SacII/EagI fragment of CHI -DDD I or CHI -AD I, which is excised from the respective pGemT shuttle vector.
CHl-DDD2-Fab-hRl-pdHL2
[0192] CH 1 -DDD2-Fab-hRl -pdHL2 is an expression vector for production of CH1-DDD2- Fab-hRl, which possesses a dimerization and docking domain sequence of DDD2 appended to the carboxyl terminus of the Fd via a 14 amino acid residue Gly/Ser peptide linker.
[0193] The expression vector was engineered as follows. Two overlapping, complimentary oligonucleotides, which comprise the coding sequence for part of the linker peptide
(GGGGSGGGCG, SEQ ID NO:26) and residues 1 - 13 of DDD2, were made synthetically. The oligonucleotides were annealed and phosphorylated with T4 PNK, resulting in overhangs on the 5' and 3' ends that are compatible for ligation with DNA digested with the restriction endonucleases BamHI and Pstl, respectively.
G4S-DDD2 top ("G4S" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54)
5 ' GATCCGGAGGTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGAGGTTGCGGCCAC ATCC AGATCCCGCCG GGGCTC ACGGAGCTGCTGC A-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:27)
G4S-DDD2 bottom ("G4S" disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 54)
5 ' GC AGCTCCGTGAGCCCCGGCGGGATCTGGATGTGGCCGC AACCTCCGCCAGAC CCGCCACCTCCG-3' (SEQ ID NO:28)
[0194] The duplex DNA was ligated with the shuttle vector CHl-DDDl-pGemT, which was prepared by digestion with BamHI and Pstl, to generate the shuttle vector CH1-DDD2- pGemT. A 507 bp fragment was excised from CHl-DDD2-pGemT with Sacll and Eagl and ligated with the IgG expression vector hRlpdHL2, which was prepared by digestion with Sacll and Eagl. The final expression construct is CHl-DDD2-Fab-hRl-pdHL2.
Generation of CHl-AD2-Fab-h679-pdHL2
[0195] CHl-AD2-Fab-h679-pdHL2 is an expression vector for the production of CHI-AD2- Fab-h679 and is useful as a template for the DNA sequence encoding AD2. The expression vector is engineered as follows. Two overlapping, complimentary oligonucleotides (AD2 Top and AD2 Bottom), which comprise the coding sequence for AD2 and part of the linker sequence, are made synthetically. The oligonucleotides are annealed and phosphorylated with T4 polynucleotide kinase, resulting in overhangs on the 5' and 3' ends that are compatible for ligation with DNA digested with the restriction endonucleases BamHI and Spel, respectively.
AD2 Top
5 ' GATCCGGAGGTGGCGGGTCTGGCGGATGTGGCCAGATCGAGTACCTGGCCAAG CAGATCGTGGACAACGCCATCCAGCAGGCCGGCTGCTGAA-3' (SEQ ID NO:29)
AD2 Bottom
5'TTCAGCAGCCGGCCTGCTGGATGGCGTTGTCCACGATCTGCTTGGCCAGGTACT CGATCTGGCCACATCCGCCAGACCCGCCACCTCCG-3'(SEQ ID NO:30)
[0196] The duplex DNA is ligated into the shuttle vector Cnl-ADl-pGemT, which is prepared by digestion with BamHI and Spel, to generate the shuttle vector CH1-AD2- pGemT. A 429 base pair fragment containing CHI and AD2 coding sequences is excised from the shuttle vector with SacII and Eagl restriction enzymes and ligated into h679-pdHL2 vector that is prepared by digestion with those same enzymes, resulting in CHl-AD2-Fab- h679-pdHL2.
Generation of Cn3-AD2-IgG-pdHL2 for expressing CH3-AD2-IgG
[0197] CH3-AD2-IgG modules have an AD2 peptide fused to the carboxyl terminus of the heavy chain of IgG via a 9 amino acid residue peptide linker. The DNA coding sequences for the linker peptide (GSGGGGSGG, SEQ ID NO:31) followed by the AD2 peptide
(CGQIEYLAKQIVDNAIQQAGC, SEQ ID NO: 18) are coupled to the 3' end of the CH3 (heavy chain constant domain 3) coding sequence by standard recombinant DNA
methodologies, resulting in a contiguous open reading frame. When the heavy chain-AD2 polypeptide is co-expressed with a light chain polypeptide, an IgG molecule is formed possessing two AD2 peptides, which can therefore bind two Fab-DDD2 dimers. The CH3- AD2-IgG module can be combined with any CHl-DDD2-Fab module to generate a wide variety of hexavalent structures composed of an Fc fragment and six Fab fragments. If the CH3-AD2-IgG module and the CHl-DDD2-Fab module are derived from the same parental monoclonal antibody (MAb) the resulting complex is monospecific with 6 binding arms to the same antigen. If the modules are instead derived from two different MAbs then the resulting complexes are bispecific, with two binding arms for the specificity of the CH3-AD2- IgG module and 4 binding arms for the specificity of the CHl-DDD2-Fab module. [0198] A plasmid shuttle vector was produced to facilitate the conversion of any IgG-pdHL2 vector into a Cn3-AD2-IgG-pdHL2 vector. The gene for the Fc (CH2 and CH3 domains) was amplified using the pdHL2 vector as a template and the oligonucleotides Fc Bglll Left and Fc Bam-EcoRI Right as primers.
Fc Bglll Left
5'-AGATCTGGCGCACCTGAACTCCTG-3' (SEQ ID NO:32)
Fc Bam-EcoRI Right
5 ' -GAATTCGGATCCTTTACCCGGAGACAGGGAGAG-3 ' (SEQ ID NO:33)
[0199] The amplimer was cloned in the pGemT PCR cloning vector. The Fc insert fragment was excised from pGemT with Xbal and BamHI restriction enzymes and ligated with AD2- pdHL2 vector that was prepared by digestion of CHl-AD2-Fab-h679-pdHL2 with Xbal and BamHI, to generate the shuttle vector Fc-AD2-pdHL2.
[0200] To convert any IgG-pdHL2 expression vector to a CH3-AD2-IgG-pdHL2 expression vector, an 861 bp BsrGI / Ndel restriction fragment is excised from the former and replaced with a 952 bp BsrGI / Ndel restriction fragment excised from the Fc-AD2-pdHL2 vector. BsrGI cuts in the CH3 domain and Ndel cuts downstream (3') of the expression cassette.
Generation of Hex-hRl
[0201] The DNL method is used to create Hex-hRl, a monospecific anti-IGF-lR with one Fc and six Fabs, by combining CH3-AD2-IgGhRl with CHl-DDD2-Fab-hRl . Hex-hRl is made in four steps.
Stepl, Combination: CHl-DDD2-Fab-hRl is mixed with CH3-AD2-IgG-hRl in phosphate buffered saline, pH 7.4 (PBS) with 1 mM EDTA, at a molar ratio of 4.2 such that there are two CHl-DDD2-Fab-hRl for each AD2 on Cn3-AD2-IgG-hRl, allowing some excess of CHl-DDD2-Fab-hRl to ensure that the coupling reaction is complete.
Step 2, Mild Reduction: Reduced glutathione (GSH) is added to a final concentration of 1 mM and the solution is held at room temperature (16 - 25°C) for 1 to 24 hours.
Step 3, Mild Oxidation: Following reduction, oxidized glutathione (GSSH) is added directly to the reaction mixture to a final concentration of 2 mM and the solution is held at room temperature for 1 to 24 hours.
Step 4, Isolation of the DNL product: Following oxidation, the reaction mixture is loaded directly onto a Protein- A affinity chromatography column. The column is washed with PBS and the Hex-hRl eluted with 0.1 M Glycine, pH 2.5. The unreacted CHl-DDD2-Fab-hRl is removed from the desired product in the unbound fraction. Other hexavalent DNL constructs can be prepared similarly by mixing a selected pair of Cn3-AD2-IgG and CHl-DDD2-Fab.
[0202] A list of such DNL constructs and structural controls related to the present invention is provided in Table 4. Each of these constructs was shown to retain the binding activities of the constitutive antibodies.
Table 4. hRl-containing DNL constructs and structural controls
Figure imgf000065_0001
Example 7. IGF-IR expression in cancer cell lines
[0203] Zenon-labeled various parental antibodies as well as multivalent antibodies derived from these antibodies were used to assess the expression levels of cognate antigens in several cancer cell lines by flow cytometry performed on Guava instrument. Expression of IGF-IR was confirmed by the binding of hRl to MCF-7 (breast cancer), CaPanl (pancreatic cancer), and DU-145 (prostate cancer), as shown in FIG.10. The dual expression of IGF-IR and AFP in HepG2 (liver cancer) was also shown in FIG. 1 1 by the binding of humanized anti-AFP IgG and TF18 (made by combining CHl-DDD2-Fab-hAFP with Cm-AD2-Fab-h679 to contain two Fab fragments of hAFP), as well as by the enhanced binding of hRl-IgG-AD2 (the dimer of CH3-AD2-IgG-hRl) and 1R-31, suggesting a higher affinity of these multivalent DNL constructs. The expression of CEACAM6 in Hep G2 was noted by the observation of the enhanced binding of 1R-15. Additional studies performed with MCF-7, DU-145, and ME-180 (cervical cancer) on FACScan are presented in FIG.12 and
summarized in Table 5, which corroborate the findings by Guava that the multivalent DNL constructs exhibit enhanced binding to target cell lines compared to their parental antibodies. Interestingly, the multivalent, bispecific constructs appear to bind more avidly than their multivalent, monospecific counterparts in cell lines expressing differential levels of relevant antigens.
Table 5. Flow cytometry data obtained from FACScan
Figure imgf000066_0001
Example 8. Neutralizing activity of Hex-hRl and 1R-E1
[0204] The following experiments were performed to determine the effect of Hex-hRl or 1R- El on neutralizing the growth stimulating activity of IGF-1 in DU-145 and ME-180, both of which express IGF-IR and EGP-1. Target cells were seeded at 2000/well onto 96- well plates and grown overnight in complete medium. Cells were washed twice with serum free medium and exposed to a selected multivalent antibody at 0.8, 4, 20, and 100 μg/mL in serum free medium for 2 h, followed by the addition of IGF-1 to a final concentration of 10 ng/ml. Cells were incubated for 72 hours and then subjected to MTS assay. Under these conditions, Hex- hRl suppressed the proliferation of DU-145 (FIG. 13A) and ME-180 (FIG. 13B) in a dose- dependent manner with statistical significance. Similar results were obtained with 1R-E1 in ME-180 (FIG. 13C).
Example 9. Downregulation of IGF-IR
[0205] One major mechanism of anti -tumor actions induced by an anti-IGF-lR antibody, despite its being an agonist or antagonist, is to downregulate IGF-IR via endocytosis leading to subsequent degradation in endosomal vesicles. As shown in FIG.14, efficient
downregulation of IGF-I R in MCF-7 or HT-29 (colorectal cancer) was clearly demonstrated with hRl at 100 nM as well as the two commercially available anti-IGF-lR antibodies (MAB391 and 24-60) serving as positive controls, but not with the anti-CD22 antibody, hLL2 (epratuzumab), which serves as a negative control. Further studies revealed that Hex- hRl and 1 R-E1 were capable of substantially reducing the level of IGF-IR at a concentration as low as 0.1 nM in MCF-7, DU-145, and LnCap (androgen-dependent prostate cancer), as shown in FIG. 15A and B.
Example 10. Blocking the signaling pathways induced by IGF-1
[0206] Although hRl may not appear to prevent the binding of IGF-1 to bead-immobilized rhIGF-lR, it effectively blocks IGF-1 from activating various signaling molecules in three cell lines (MCF-7, DU-145, and ME-180), as collectively shown in FIGs 16 to 20, by the reduced levels of phosphorylated IGF-IR (pIGF-lR), phosphorylated Akt (pAkt), and phosphorylated ERK1/2 (pERKl/2).
[0207] The described methods and compositions are of use for therapy of prostate cancer. The Examples disclosed above provide in vitro results, showing hRl, as well as its hexavalent derivatives made by DNL (Hex-hRl , 1R-E1, and E1-1R), can effectively downregulate IGF-IR and inhibit IGF-1 from stimulating the proliferation of androgen- independent DU-145 cells. The higher potency observed for the DNL constructs is presumably due to their enhanced avidity which may be further amplified for the bispecific counterparts because the increase in targetable antigens on the cell surface. As IGF-1R is expressed in various solid tumors and hematologic malignancies, the skilled artisan will realize that the claimed compositions and methods are also of use for therapy of other known IGF- 1 R expressing cancers, such as multiple myeloma and hepatoma. The combination of hRl with other antibodies, such as anti-EGFR (C225) or anti-HER2 (Herceptin), is also of therapeutic use, as discussed above.
Example 11. Effects of various hRl constructs in the MCF-7 breast cancer xenograft model
[0208] Four-week old female athymic (nu/nu) mice are implanted with 60-day release pellets of 0.5 mg 17p-estradiol (Sachdev et al., Cancer Res. 2003; 63:627-35) and then injected with 10 million MCF-7 human breast cancer cells subcutaneously. When the tumors measure an average volume of 200 mm , groups of 9 mice are randomized for intraperitoneal treatment with the following agents, twice per week for 4 consecutive weeks: (1) saline controls, same volume as test substances; (2) 400 μg hRl IgG; (3) 800 μg hRl IgG; (4) 400 μg hRS7 IgG (anti-EGP-1); (5) 800 μg hRS7 IgG; (6) 300 μg 1R-E1 hexavalent construct (hRl IgG-hRS7- 4 Fab's); (7) 600 μg 1R-E1 ; and (8) 800 μg 1R-E1. Tumor volumes are measured bidirectionally with a caliper twice weekly, beginning on the day of randomization and treatment; animal weights are also taken twice weekly. When mice become moribund or lose more than 20% of body weight, or when the tumors reach a size of 2.5 cm , they are sacrificed, and tumors and normal tissues removed and preserved in formalin for histological and immunohistochemical analyses. By 60 days, the experiment is terminated, and shows continuous tumor growth of the controls, which are sacrificed as early as 5 weeks after therapy onset and then over the next 2 weeks. Evidence of inhibition of tumor growth is measured as 20% (relative to controls) for group 1, 35% for group 2, 54% for group 3, 1 1% for group 4, 26% for group 5, 32% for group 6, 51% for group 7, and 68% for group 8 at one week post therapy-end. These results indicate that the hRl antibody doses are more inhibitory of tumor growth than those for the hRS7 (anti-EGP-1) antibody, but which also shows some antitumor activity, However, lower doses of the hexavalent bispecific antibody construct of hRl and hRS7, at relatively lower doses, show equivalent to higher antitumor effects than the corresponding parental antibodies, suggesting greater potency for the bispecific antibody constructs made by DNL. No treatment-related toxicities, particularly more than a 20% body weight loss, is observed in the treatment groups.
[0209] When the same experiment is repeated with similar MCF-7-bearing mice, using an irrelevant isotype control antibody instead of saline, and including hexavalent hRl and hexavalent hRS7 groups at doses of 400 μg and 800 μg i.p. each, twice weekly for 4 weeks, tumor growth inhibition is determined to range from 25-46%) for hexavalent hRl and 20-33%> for hexavalent hRS7, suggesting that the hexavalent constructs are more potent than their bivalent parental counterparts.
Example 12. Effects of hRl constructs in BxPC3 human pancreatic and Colo205 human colonic cancer xenografts
[0210] Tumor xenografts in 5-6-week-old female nu/nu athymic mice are injected s.c. with 2 million BxPC3 human pancreatic cancer or Colo205 human colonic cancer cells mixed in Matrigel, and allowed to grow to about 200 mm in size, and are randomized into groups of 1 1 each. Mice are treated by i.p. injection twice weekly of saline vehicle (control) or test substances at various doses for 4 consecutive weeks. Tumors are measured and the animals weighed and observed as per the prior Example. For each of the tumor models, the following doses are given, with the percentages of tumor growth-inhibition, GI (comparing mean volumes of treated vs. control groups before more than 20%> of the control mice are sacrificed because of advanced tumor growth) in parentheses:
BxPC3 human pancreatic cancer model
(1) 0.5 mg hRl (39% GI)
(2) 1 .0 mg hRl (68% GI)
(3) 0.5 mg hPAM4 (15% GI)
(4) 1.0 mg hPAM4 (24% GI)
(5) 0.5 mg hRS7 (18% GI)
(6) 1.0 mg hRS7 (29% GI)
(7) 0.5 mg 1 R-E1 (63% GI)
(8) 0.5 mg 1 R-1M (48% GI)
(9) 1.0 mg hLL2 (anti-CD22 IgG) isotype control. [0211] The results suggest a dose-dependent effect of hRl in inhibiting growth of human pancreatic cancer xenografts, which appears superior to the hRS7 or hPAM4 antibodies, but the bispecific construct of hRl and hRS7 (1R-E1) appears to show enhanced activity over the same doses of the parental antibodies given separately, and somewhat less enhanced efficacy for the bispecific antibody of hRl and hPAM4 (1 R-1M).
Colo205 human colonic cancer model
(1) 0.5 mg hRl (46% GI)
(2) l .O mg hRl (70% GI)
(3) 0.5 mg hMN-14 (14% GI)
(4) 1.0 mg hMN- 14 (29% GI)
(5) 0.5 mg 14-1R (58% GI)
(6) 1.0 mg 14-1R (83% GI)
(7) 1.0 mg hLL2 control.
[0212] A dose-dependent growth-inhibition is observed for both anti-IGFRl and anti- CEACAM5 (hMN-14) humanized antibodies, with the former being more potent in this model, but with the respective bispecific antibody constructs made by DNL showing improved efficacy compared to the equivalent doses of the bivalent parental antibodies.
Example 13. Effects of effects of hRl constructs alone and in combination with bortezomib in a multiple myeloma xenografts model
[0213] CAG human myeloma cells are grown in cell culture to a density that allows 1 million cells to be harvested for transplantation to 6-8-week old female SCID mice obtained from Charles River Laboratories (Frederick, MD). The mice are immunosuppressed by
pretreatment with fludarabine and cyclophosphamide 3 days before intravenous injection of 5-10 x 166 myeloma cells as described in Stein et al. (Blood. 2004; 104:3705-1 1). Mice are examined daily for signs of distress or hind-leg paralysis, and weighed weekly. Paralysis of the hind legs or a weight loss of > 20% is used as the survival endpoint, when the animals are euthanized. Groups of 8-10 mice are used. A dose-response study with hRl given i.p. twice weekly for 4 weeks at 100, 300, 600, and 1 ,000 μg hRl shows a significant (P<0.03) survival benefit compared to mice treated with the saline vehicle or with an unreactive isotype control antibody, which has a median survival of 40 days. The median survival of the hRl -treated mice ranged from 80 to 100 days, and shows a dose-response. The effects of combining bortezomib with hRl are evaluated in the same myeloma model. Treatments are given as two i.p. doses/week for 3 weeks, initiated on day 5 after injection of the myeloma cells. Given as a single agent, 0.5 mg/kg bortezomib is well tolerated, with no body-weight loss. Median survival in untreated control mice is 33 days, for bortezomib alone 40 days (21.2% increase). Treatment with hRl at 0.6 mg/mouse repeated twice weekly for 3 weeks increases the median survival time to 60 days. When bortezomib and hRl treatments are combined, the median survival time is increased further to 79 days for 0.5 mg bortezomib + 0.6 mg hRl, which is significant (P=0.04). Therefore, an agent that is active in treating myeloma shows enhanced activity when combined with this anti-IGFRl antibody.
Example 14. Effects of combination therapy of 90Y-hPAM4 radioimmunotherapy with gemcitabine and anti-IGFRl antibody (hRl) immunotherapy in pancreatic cancer
[0214] YS is a 61 -year-old male diagnosed 2 months earlier with stage III/IV, metastatic, inoperable pancreatic adenocarcinoma, having a 6 cm diameter pancreatic lesion at the head of the pancreas and two metastases to the liver of about 3 and 4 cm in diameter. The patient has an elevated CA19.9 titer of 7,200, but with most other laboratory values either borderline or within the normal range. He is active, but is easily fatigued, has occasional abdominal pains requiring minimal medication, and has lost about 10 kg since diagnosis. He opts for an investigational treatment involving a 4-week therapy consisting of gemcitabine (GEMZAR®)
2. 1 1 1
given i.v. once weekly at 200 mg/m , In-DOTA-hPAM4 antibody (labeled as described in Sharkey et al. [J Nucl Med. 2003 Dec;44(12):2000-18] given by infusion also on week 1 to assess antibody localization by immunoscintigraphy, followed by the next 3 consecutive weekly infusions of 12 mCi/m2 of 90Y-DOTA-hPAM4 (labeled as per Sharkey et al., ibid). On days 1 , 7, 14, and 21, doses of hRl of 10 mg/kg, 16 mg/kg, 16 mg/kg, and 20 mg/kg are given by i.v. infusion. The patient experiences some grade 1-2 nausea, back pain,
hypotension, anorexia and fatigue following each infusion, reducing severity with each one, which is mild because of being premedicated with 50 mg hydrocortisone, acetaminophen, and diphenylhydramine to control infusion reactions. At 4 weeks post therapy, the patient undergoes FDG-PET and CT scanning to compare the metabolism and size of the pancreatic cancer lesions before and after therapy, and blood is taken to measure the CA19-9 tumor biomarker titer. The SUV of the primary cancer changes to 3.3 from 8.9, and the two metastatic lesions in the liver shows a larger drop from 6.1 and 5.3 to 5.3 and 3.5,
respectively. CT measurements indicate a 1-cm reduction of the primary tumor, and an approximately 33% reduction in the two liver metastases. At this time, the CA19.9 titer measures 930, representing a major drop from 7,200. Follow-up studies 4 weeks later confirm continued reductions of the SUV values and either stabilization or a slight reduction of the sizes of the tumors, as measured by CT. Three months later, since the patient has stable disease, the therapy is repeated, is tolerated well, and again shows stable disease, with no increase of the CA19.9 titer at the next, 4-week, follow-up. It is concluded that this combination therapy has, at the minimum, stabilized the disease, decreased the tumors' metabolic activity, and markedly reduced the pancreatic cancer blood biomarker, CA19-9. The patient has been normally active during this period, has no fatigue or pain, and has gained back 4 kg body weight. There are no hematological or other laboratory abnormalities.
Example 15. Combination FOLFIRI therapy of metastatic colorectal cancer with hRl
[0215] RS is a 71 -year-old woman with no prior serious illness and presenting with metastatic colonic cancer post resection of a sigmoid colon B3 adenocarcinoma 6 months earlier. She refuses post-operative radiation or chemotherapy. Her blood CEA titer is elevated at 1 1 ng/ml. FDG-PET/CT imaging shows no recurrence at the primary resection, but 3 discrete lesions (2-4 cm in diameter) in the right liver lobe and 1 larger lesion (6 cm) in the left liver lobe. Not being a candidate for salvage liver resection, she undergoes a combination of FOLFIRI combined with hRl therapy. On day 1, 180 mg/m2 irinotecan is given in 500 ml normal saline as a 2-h infusion, and on days 1 and 2, 400 mg/m2 of folinic acid is given as an i.v. bolus over 2 hours, followed by fluorouracil (2,400 mg/m ) as a continuous 46-h infusion, every 2 weeks. Anti-IGF-IR antibody, hRl , is given at 10 mg/kg as a slow infusion weekly x 2 weeks, including premedication as in the prior patient Example. Eight cycles of this combination therapy are given. Six weeks after completion of therapy, FDG-PET/CT scans indicate a 60% reduction of size and also an SUV reduction of the left lobe metastasis, while 2 of 3 right lobe metastases appear about 1 cm in diameter while the third is unchanged. SUV values for 2 of the 3 are reduced to almost 0, and the third is 3.2. No change in circulating CEA is noted. After another 6 weeks, 2 of 3 right lobe metastases are not visible, and the third is about 1.5 cm in diameter. The left lobe tumor now measures 3 cm in diameter. The patient is considered to be in a partial response, which is ongoing at 8 months from end of therapy.
Example 16. Therapy of a Patient with Hepatocelluar Carcinoma with Radiolabeled hRl Monoclonal Antibody [0216] A 57-year-old man presenting with jaundice, malaise, loss of weight, and general weakness, is diagnosed with an inoperable hepatocellular carcinoma that appears by computed tomography to extend about 6 cm in diameter in the right lobe of the liver, and to also appear as a single 3-cm lesion in the left lobe. The right lobe lesion is confirmed by biopsy to be hepatocellular carcinoma.
[0217] The patient is given two cycles of hRl monoclonal antibody conjugated by DOTA with 90Y, as described in Sharkey et al. (J Nucl Med. 2003 Dec;44(12):2000-18), so that an infusion is administered for each therapy dose of 25 mCi (100 mg antibody protein). The first therapy is given in an outpatient setting, and is repeated 6 weeks later. Prior to each therapy, a diagnostic dose of 1 1 'in conjugated by DOTA to the antibody (labeling also described in Sharkey et al, 2003, ibid), is also injected in order to demonstrate tumor targeting and to estimate the radiation dose delivered to the tumor and to other normal tissues, such as liver, kidney and bone marrow, so that the therapeutic dose with 90Y, given a week later, can be adjusted so as not to induce normal tissue/organ toxicity beyond what is considered tolerable (e.g., 2000 cGy to kidneys). The patient is then monitored for response by repeated computer tomography (CT) scans every 4-8 weeks post therapy, as well as by serum AFP, bilirubin, transaminase, and LDH levels.
[0218] Eight weeks after the second therapeutic administration of the 90Y-labeled antibody, his serum levels of bilirubin, transaminases, and LDH decrease to about 20% above normal, and his serum AFP titer is measured at 60 ng/mL, which also constitutes an improvement. CT measurements of his liver disease show an almost complete disappearance of the left lobe lesion and a 40% reduction of the larger mass in the right lobe. The patient then becomes a candidate for surgical resection of his right lobe, since it is considered that the remaining small lesion in the left lobe is not cancer, but scar tissue.
Example 17. Therapy of a Patient with 90Y-Iabeled hRl Antibody Combined with naked hRl Antibody
[0219] A 62-year-old man has a history of Dukes' C rectal carcinoma that is resected 3 years earlier, followed by radiation therapy and 5-fluorouracil/folinic acid chemotherapy. The patient begins to show a rise in his plasma CEA titer, reaching a level of 30 ng/mL. The patient undergoes various diagnostic procedures because of a suspected recurrence. It is found, by computed tomography, that there are two metastases present in his liver, one being 3 cm in diameter in his right lobe, and the other being somewhat smaller in the left lobe, close to the interlobe ligament. The patient is first given 3 weekly infusions of 10 mg/kg hRl antibody, followed by a dose of 25 mCi 90Y conjugated to hRl antibody, given at a protein dose of 50 mg by intravenous infusion over a period of 2 hours, on the third week of naked hRl therapy, prior to the third hRl injection. This therapy is repeated two months later. The patient shows a drop of his white blood cells and platelets, measured 2-4 weeks after the last therapy infusion, but recuperates at the 8-week post-therapy evaluation. The computed tomography findings at 3 months post-therapy reveal 40% shrinkage of the major tumor metastasis of the right liver lobe, and a lesser reduction in the left-lobe tumor.
[0220] At the 6-month follow-up, his tumor lesions have been reduced, in two-diameter CT- measurements, by about 70 percent, his plasma CEA is at 8 ng/mL, and his general condition is improved, with no apparent toxicity or adverse events related to the therapy.
Example 18. Treatment of a Breast Cancer Patient with Y-90 hRl MAb and with Naked hRl MAb
[0221] A 56-year-old woman with a history of recurrent adencarcinoma of the breast presents with cervical lymph node and left lung metastases. She relapses twice after chemotherapy and hormonal therapies. She is then given three therapeutic injections, each one week apart, of 90Y-conjugated hRl MAb i.v., at a dose of 15 mCi 90Y each in a protein dose of antibody of 100 mg. Four weeks after therapy, her white blood cell and platelet counts decrease by approximately 50%, but recuperate by 9 weeks post-therapy. At a restaging 12 weeks post- therapy, an approximately 30% decrease in pulmonary and nodal metastases is measured by computed tomography. Thereafter, she receives 4 weekly infusions, over 4 hours each, of naked hRl antibody, which is tolerated well, except for some transient rigors and chills, and without any adverse effects on her blood counts or blood chemistries. The naked antibody dose for each infusion is 12 mg/kg. Approximately 8 weeks later, restaging by computed tomography indicates an additional decrease in measurable lesions by about 20 percent. At the followup examination 3 months later, her disease appears to be stable (i.e., no evidence of additional or progressive growth).
* * *
[0222] All of the COMPOSITIONS and METHODS disclosed and claimed herein can be made and used without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it is apparent to those of skill in the art that variations maybe applied to the COMPOSITIONS and METHODS and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the METHODS described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, certain agents that are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An anti-IGF-lR (insulin-like growth factor type 1 receptor) antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds to an epitope of IGF-IR comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-IR, between amino acid residues 151 and 222 of human IGF-IR.
2. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 1, wherein said antibody exhibits at least one functional characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (i) binds to human IGF-IR and does not bind to human insulin receptor (IR); (ii) is not an agonist of IGF-IR; (iii) does not block binding of IGF- 1 or IGF-2 to an isolated IGF-IR; (iv) neutralizes the activation of IGF-IR by IGF-1 in intact cells; and (v) blocks binding to IGF-IR of an hRl antibody comprising the variable region sequences SEQ ID NO:9 and SEQ ID NO: 10.
3. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 1, wherein said anti-IGF-lR
antibody does not compete for binding to isolated IGF-IR with the anti-IGF-lR antibodies 24-31, 24-57, 17-69, 1-2, 1H7, 2C8 or 3B7.
4. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 1 , wherein said anti-IGF-lR
antibody does not bind to amino acid residues 1 -150, 223-274, 184-283, 283-440, 440- 514, 514-586 or 1323-1337 of isolated human IGF-IR.
5. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 1 , wherein said anti-IGF-lR
antibody comprises the heavy chain variable region complementarity determining region (CDR) sequences CDRl (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain variable region CDR sequences CDRl (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
6. An anti-IGF-lR antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that blocks binding to isolated human IGF-IR of an Rl antibody comprising the heavy chain variable region CDR sequences CDRl (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2 (YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain variable region CDR sequences CDRl (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
7. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 6, wherein said anti-IGF-lR antibody binds to an epitope of IGF-1R comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF-1R, between amino acid residues 151 and 222 of human IGF-1R.
8. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 6, wherein said antibody exhibits at least one functional characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (i) binds to human IGF-1R and does not bind to human insulin receptor (IR); (ii) is not an agonist of IGF-1R; (iii) does not block binding of IGF- 1 or IGF-2 to an isolated IGF-1R; and (iv) neutralizes the activation of IGF-1R by IGF-1 in intact cells.
9. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 6, wherein said antibody or
fragment is a naked antibody or fragment or is conjugated to at least one diagnostic or therapeutic agent.
10. An anti-IGF-lR antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof comprising the heavy chain variable region CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NO: l), CDR2
(YITNYGGSTYYPDTVKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain variable region CDR sequences CDR1 (KASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO: 5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
1 1. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 10, wherein said antibody exhibits at least one functional characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (i) binds to human IGF-1R and does not bind to human insulin receptor (IR); (ii) is not an agonist of IGF-1R; (iii) does not block binding of IGF-1 or IGF-2 to an isolated IGF-1R; (iv) neutralizes the activation of IGF-1R by IGF-1 in intact cells; (v) blocks binding to IGF- 1R of an hRl antibody comprising the variable region sequences SEQ ID NO:9 and SEQ ID NO: 10; and (vi) binds to an epitope of IGF-1 R comprising the first half of the cysteine-rich domain of IGF- 1 R, between amino acid residues 151 and 222 of human IGF-1R.
12. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 10, wherein said anti-IGF-lR antibody is a murine antibody, a chimeric antibody, a humanized antibody or a human antibody.
13. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 12, wherein said anti-IGF-lR antibody is a humanized antibody comprising framework and constant region sequences from a human antibody.
14. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 13, wherein said humanized anti- IGF-1R antibody is a humanized Rl (hRl) antibody comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:9 (hRl VH) and SEQ ID NO: 10 (hRl VK).
15. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 13, wherein the variable region sequences of said humanized anti-IGF-lR antibody have at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98% or at least 99% sequence homology to SEQ ID NO:9 and SEQ ID NO: 10.
16. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 13, wherein the variable region sequences of said humanized anti-IGF-lR antibody comprise the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 9 and SEQ ID NO: 10 except for 20 or fewer conservative amino acid substitutions in the sequences of SEQ ID NO:9 and SEQ ID NO: 10.
17. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 13, wherein said anti-IGF-lR antibody is a chimeric Rl (cRl) antibody comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:7 (Rl VH) and SEQ ID NO:8 (Rl VK) attached to human antibody constant region sequences.
18. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 13, wherein the variable region sequences of said chimeric anti-IGF-lR antibody have at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98% or at least 99% sequence homology to SEQ ID NO:7 and SEQ ID NO:8.
19. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 13, wherein the variable region sequences of said chimeric anti-IGF-lR antibody comprise the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 7 and SEQ ID NO: 8 except for 20 or fewer conservative amino acid substitutions in the sequences of SEQ ID NO: 7 and SEQ ID NO:8.
20. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 10, wherein said antibody is a naked antibody.
21. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 10, wherein said antibody is
attached to (i) at least one therapeutic agent, (ii) at least one diagnostic agent, or (iii) at least one therapeutic agent and at least one diagnostic agent.
22. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 21 , wherein said therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a radionuclide, an immunomodulator, an anti- angiogenic agent, a cytokine, a chemokine, a growth factor, a hormone, a drug, a prodrug, an enzyme, an oligonucleotide, a pro-apoptotic agent, an interference RNA, a photoactive therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent, a chemotherapeutic agent and a toxin.
23. The anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 21 , wherein said diagnostic agent is selected from the group consisting of a radioisotope, a dye, a radiological contrast agent, an ultrasound contrast agent, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme, an enhancing agent and a paramagnetic ion.
24. The anti-IGF-lR antibody of claim 10, wherein said antibody comprises constant region sequences of a human IgGl or IgG4 antibody.
25. A fusion protein comprising the anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 1.
26. A multispecific antibody comprising the anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof of claim 1 attached to at least one other antibody or fragment thereof.
27. The multispecific antibody of claim 26, wherein the other antibody binds to a tumor- associated antigen.
28. The multispecific antibody of claim 27, wherein the tumor-associated antigen is selected from the group consisting of carbonic anhydrase IX, CCCL19, CCCL21, CSAp, CD1, CDla, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD5, CD8, CD1 1A, CD14, CD15, CD16, CD18, CD19, CD20, IGF-1R, CD21 , CD22, CD23, CD25, CD29, CD30, CD32b, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD40L, CD45, CD46, CD52, CD54, CD55, CD59, CD64, CD66a-e, CD67, CD70, CD74, CD79a, CD80, CD83, CD95, CD126, CD133, CD138, CD147, CD154,
CEACAM5, CEACAM6, B7, ED-B fibronectin, Factor H, FHL-1, Flt-3, folate receptor, GROB, HMGB-1 , hypoxia inducible factor (HIF), HM1.24, insulin-like growth factor-1 (ILGF-1), IFN-γ, IFN-a, IFN-β, IL-2, IL-4R, IL-6R, IL-13R, IL-15R, IL-17R, IL-18R, IL-6, IL-8, IL-12, IL-15, IL-17, IL-18, IL-25, IP-10, MAGE, mCRP, MCP-1, MIP-1A, MIP-1B, MIF, MUC1 , MUC2, MUC3, MUC4, MUC5, PAM4 antigen, NCA-95, NCA- 90, PSMA, EGP-1 , EGP-2, AFP, la, HM1.24, HLA-DR, tenascin, Le(y), RANTES, T101, TAC, Tn antigen, Thomson-Friedenreich antigens, tumor necrosis antigens, TNF- a, TRAIL receptor (Rl and R2), VEGFR, EGFR, P1GF, complement factors C3, C3a, C3b, C5a, C5, and an oncogene product.
29. The multispecific antibody of claim 26, wherein the other antibody binds to a hapten on a targetable construct.
30. The multispecific antibody of claim 26, wherein the other antibody is a chimeric,
humanized or human antibody.
31. The multispecific antibody of claim 26, wherein the other antibody is selected from the group consisting of the hPAM4, hA20, hA19, hIMMU31, hLLl, hLL2, hMu-9, hL243, hMN-14, hMN-15, hMN-3, hRS7, h679 and h734 antibodies.
32. The multispecific antibody of claim 26, wherein the multispecific antibody is a bispecific antibody.
33. A method of diagnosing or treating cancer comprising administering to an individual with a cancer that expresses IGF-1R an anti-IGF-lR antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof according to claim 1.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the anti-IGF-lR antibody is a chimeric, humanized or human antibody.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein the anti-IGF-lR antibody comprises the heavy chain CDR sequences CDR1 (DYYMY, SEQ ID NOT), CDR2 ( YITN YGGS T Y YPDT VKG, SEQ ID NO:2) and CDR3 (QSNYDYDGWFAY, SEQ ID NO:3) and the light chain CDR sequences CDR1 ( ASQEVGTAVA, SEQ ID NO:4), CDR2 (WASTRHT, SEQ ID NO:5) and CDR3 (QQYSNYPLT, SEQ ID NO:6).
36. The method of claim 33, wherein the anti-IGF-lR antibody is a humanized Rl antibody comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:9 (hRl VH) and SEQ ID NO: 10 (hRl VK).
37. The method of claim 33, wherein said anti-IGF-lR antibody is a naked antibody.
38. The method of claim 37, wherein the method is a method of treating cancer and the
method further comprises administering to the individual at least one other therapeutic agent.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the at least one other therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a radionuclide, an immunomodulator, an anti-angiogenic agent, a cytokine, a chemokine, a growth factor, a hormone, a drug, a prodrug, an enzyme, an oligonucleotide, an interference R A, a pro-apoptotic agent, a photoactive therapeutic agent, a cytotoxic agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, an antibody, an antigen-binding antibody fragment and a toxin.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the at least one other therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of an EGFR inhibitor, erlotinib, an anti-EGFR antibody, an IGF-1R inhibitor, a tryphostin, AG1024, AG538, a yrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidine derivative, NVP- AEW541 and a second anti-IGF-lR antibody.
41. The method of claim 39, wherein the at least one other therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of 5-fluorouracil, aplidin, azaribine, anastrozole, anthracyclines, bendamustine, bleomycin, bortezomib, bryostatin-1 , busulfan, calicheamycin,
camptothecin, carboplatin, 10-hydroxycamptothecin, carmustine, celebrex, chlorambucil, cisplatin (CDDP), Cox-2 inhibitors, irinotecan (CPT-1 1), SN-38, carboplatin, cladribine, camptothecans, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, docetaxel, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolinodoxorubicine (2P-DOX), cyano-morpholino doxorubicin, doxorubicin glucuronide, epirubicin glucuronide, estramustine,
epidophyllotoxin, estrogen receptor binding agents, etoposide (VP 16), etoposide glucuronide, etoposide phosphate, floxuridine (FUdR), 3',5'-0-dioleoyl-FudR (FUdR- dO), fludarabine, flutamide, farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitors, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, idarubicin, ifosfamide, L-asparaginase, lenolidamide, leucovorin, lomustine, mechlorethamine, melphalan, mercaptopurine, 6-mercaptopurine,
methotrexate, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, mitomycin, mitotane, navelbine, nitrosurea, plicomycin, procarbazine, paclitaxel, pentostatin, PSI-341, raloxifene, semustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, taxol, temazolomide, DTIC, transplatinum, thalidomide, thioguanine, thiotepa, teniposide, topotecan, uracil mustard, vinorelbine, vinblastine, vincristine and vinca alkaloids.
42. The method of claim 33, wherein the method is a method of treating cancer and said anti- IGF-1R antibody is attached to at least one therapeutic agent.
43. The method of claim 33, wherein the method is a method of diagnosing cancer and said anti-IGF-lR antibody is attached to at least one diagnostic agent.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein said diagnostic agent is selected from the group consisting of a radioisotope, a dye, a radiological contrast agent, an ultrasound contrast agent, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme, an enhancing agent and a paramagnetic ion.
45. The method of claim 43, wherein said anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof is part of a fusion protein or a bispecific antibody.
46. The method of claim 39, wherein the immunomodulator is selected from the group
consisting of IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-1 1, IL-12, IL- 13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-21 , IL-25, interferon-alpha, interferon-beta, interferon- gamma, TNF-alpha and the stem cell growth factor designated "SI factor.
47. The method of claim 33, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of Wilms' tumor, Ewing sarcoma, neuroblastoma, neuroendocrine tumors, melanoma, glioblastoma, breast, colon, rectal, gastric, prostate, liver, renal, biliary, pancreatic, lung, endometrial, cervical, ovarian, esophageal, medullary thyroid, bladder, head-and-neck, skin cancer, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, multiple myeloma, astrocytoma and glioma.
48. A method of treating cancer comprising administering to an individual with a cancer that expresses IGF-1R an anti-IGF-lR antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof according to claim 6.
49. A method of treating premalignant or dysplastic lesions comprising administering to an individual with a premalignant or dysplastic lesion that expresses IGF-1R an anti-IGF-lR antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof according to claim 10.
50. A method of treating cancer comprising administering to an individual with a cancer that expresses IGF-1R an anti-IGF-lR antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof according to claim 10.
51. An isolated nucleic acid encoding an anti-IGF-lR antibody according to claim 1.
52. The isolated nucleic acid of claim 51, encoding the sequences of SEQ ID NO:9 and SEQ ID NO: 10.
53. An expression vector comprising an isolated nucleic acid according to claim 51.
54. A host cell comprising an expression vector according to claim 53.
55. A method of producing an anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment thereof comprising: a) obtaining a host comprising an expression vector according to claim 53; and b) incubating the host cell in medium to express an anti-IGF-lR antibody or fragment.
PCT/US2010/027155 2010-01-19 2010-03-12 Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type i receptor (igf-1r) WO2011090492A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP10844115.5A EP2525820B1 (en) 2010-01-19 2010-03-12 Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type i receptor (igf-1r)
CA2787074A CA2787074A1 (en) 2010-01-19 2010-03-12 Novel antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type i receptor (igf-1r)
AU2010343304A AU2010343304B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2010-03-12 Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type I receptor (IGF-1R)
IN5101DEN2012 IN2012DN05101A (en) 2010-01-19 2010-03-12
CN201080061420.0A CN102725000B (en) 2010-01-19 2010-03-12 The novel monospecific of targeting insulin-like growth factor I receptor (IGF-1R) and bispecific humanized antibody
JP2012549978A JP5786204B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2010-03-12 Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies targeting insulin-like growth factor type I receptor (IGF-1R)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US2010021345 2010-01-19
USPCT/US2010/021345 2010-01-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011090492A1 true WO2011090492A1 (en) 2011-07-28

Family

ID=44307101

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2010/027155 WO2011090492A1 (en) 2010-01-19 2010-03-12 Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type i receptor (igf-1r)

Country Status (7)

Country Link
EP (2) EP3075390A1 (en)
JP (1) JP5786204B2 (en)
CN (1) CN102725000B (en)
AU (1) AU2010343304B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2787074A1 (en)
IN (1) IN2012DN05101A (en)
WO (1) WO2011090492A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013082254A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multivalent antibody complexes targeting igf-1r show potent toxicity against solid tumors
WO2013156473A1 (en) * 2012-04-16 2013-10-24 Baxter Healthcare S.A. Combination therapy of anti-mif antibodies and chemotherapeutics
US9862770B2 (en) 2005-10-19 2018-01-09 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multivalent antibody complexes targeting IGF-1R show potent toxicity against solid tumors
US9958456B2 (en) 2011-10-07 2018-05-01 Baxalta Incorporated OxMIF as a diagnostic marker
WO2018204872A3 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-12-13 Fusion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Igf-1r monoclonal antibodies and uses thereof
US11191854B2 (en) 2017-05-05 2021-12-07 Centre For Probe Development And Commercialization Pharmacokinetic enhancements of bifunctional chelates and uses thereof
US11525000B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-12-13 Immunext, Inc. Anti-human VISTA antibodies and use thereof
US11529416B2 (en) 2012-09-07 2022-12-20 Kings College London Vista modulators for diagnosis and treatment of cancer
EP4134380A4 (en) * 2020-04-10 2024-05-29 Suzhou Pro-Heal Pharmaceuticals Technology Co., Ltd. Anti-igf-1r antibody and applications thereof
US12006354B2 (en) 2017-05-24 2024-06-11 Novartis Ag Antibody-IL2 engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer
US12139532B2 (en) 2017-04-17 2024-11-12 Immunext, Inc. Anti-human vista antibodies and use thereof

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IL290972B2 (en) * 2013-12-24 2023-10-01 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Anti-vista antibodies and fragments
MD20170040A2 (en) * 2014-09-26 2017-07-31 Macrogenics Inc. Bi-specific monovalent diabodies that are capable of binding CD19 and CD3, and uses thereof
GB201501930D0 (en) 2015-02-05 2015-03-25 Univ London Queen Mary Biomarkers for pancreatic cancer
MX2019001905A (en) * 2016-08-16 2019-05-15 Aist Malignant tumor target peptide.
US20210017247A1 (en) 2017-07-03 2021-01-21 Torque Therapeutics, Inc. Fusion Molecules Targeting Immune Regulatory Cells and Uses Thereof
CN113061191B (en) * 2021-03-17 2023-03-24 托比康尔生物科技(武汉)有限公司 IgG-like three-functional antibody and application thereof

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6310185B1 (en) * 1994-03-08 2001-10-30 Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center Recombinant human anti-Lewis Y antibodies
US20030133932A1 (en) * 2000-05-02 2003-07-17 Tong Zhou Combinations of antibodies selective for a tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosis-inducing ligand receptor and other therapeutic agents
US20050048050A1 (en) 2000-06-13 2005-03-03 City Of Hope Single-chain antibodies against human insulin-like growth factor I receptor: expression, purification, and effect on tumor growth
US20050208585A1 (en) * 1997-08-22 2005-09-22 Adams Camellia W Agonist antibodies
US20060030015A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2006-02-09 Towa Kagaku Co., Ltd. Novel process for producing antibody enzyme, novel antibody enzyme and utilization thereof
WO2006069202A2 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Amgen Inc. Compositions comprising anti-igf-i receptor antibodies and methods for obtaining said antibodies
US20070072797A1 (en) * 2005-05-03 2007-03-29 Ucb S.A. Epitopes
US20080233118A1 (en) * 2005-07-28 2008-09-25 Novartis Ag Uses Of Antibody To M-Csf
US20090291088A1 (en) * 2008-04-11 2009-11-26 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Therapeutic combinations of anti-igf-1r antibodies and other compounds

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5252296A (en) 1990-05-15 1993-10-12 Chiron Corporation Method and apparatus for biopolymer synthesis
US5492807A (en) 1993-11-19 1996-02-20 Santi; Daniel V. Method of obtaining diagnostic reagents, assays and therapeutics based on clinical manifestations of a disease
US6068829A (en) 1995-09-11 2000-05-30 The Burnham Institute Method of identifying molecules that home to a selected organ in vivo
US5622699A (en) 1995-09-11 1997-04-22 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation Method of identifying molecules that home to a selected organ in vivo
WO2004083248A1 (en) * 2003-03-14 2004-09-30 Pharmacia Corporation Antibodies to igf-i receptor for the treatment of cancers
US7781393B2 (en) * 2004-02-25 2010-08-24 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods for inhibiting tumor cell growth
CA2607056C (en) * 2005-10-19 2015-11-24 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for generating bioactive assemblies of increased complexity and uses
EA200802061A1 (en) * 2006-03-28 2009-04-28 Байоджен Айдек Эмэй Инк. Antibody or fragment thereof, specifically binds to a receptor 1 insulin like growth factor (IGF-R1) (OPTIONS), compositions thereof, a polynucleotide encoding an antibody variable region (VARIANTS) comprising polynucleotides COMPOSITION (VARIANTS) AND VECTOR CONTAINING VECTOR cell- HOST (OPTIONS), METHOD OF PRODUCING ANTIBODY OR ITS FRAGMENT (OPTIONS) AND METHOD FOR TREATING HYPERPROLIFERATIVE DISEASE IN ANIMAL ORGANISM
GB0702888D0 (en) * 2007-02-14 2007-03-28 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel Antibodies

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6310185B1 (en) * 1994-03-08 2001-10-30 Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center Recombinant human anti-Lewis Y antibodies
US20050208585A1 (en) * 1997-08-22 2005-09-22 Adams Camellia W Agonist antibodies
US20030133932A1 (en) * 2000-05-02 2003-07-17 Tong Zhou Combinations of antibodies selective for a tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosis-inducing ligand receptor and other therapeutic agents
US20050048050A1 (en) 2000-06-13 2005-03-03 City Of Hope Single-chain antibodies against human insulin-like growth factor I receptor: expression, purification, and effect on tumor growth
US20060030015A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2006-02-09 Towa Kagaku Co., Ltd. Novel process for producing antibody enzyme, novel antibody enzyme and utilization thereof
WO2006069202A2 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Amgen Inc. Compositions comprising anti-igf-i receptor antibodies and methods for obtaining said antibodies
US20070072797A1 (en) * 2005-05-03 2007-03-29 Ucb S.A. Epitopes
US20080233118A1 (en) * 2005-07-28 2008-09-25 Novartis Ag Uses Of Antibody To M-Csf
US20090291088A1 (en) * 2008-04-11 2009-11-26 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Therapeutic combinations of anti-igf-1r antibodies and other compounds

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CARDILLO T.M. ET AL., BMC CANCER, BIOMED CENTRAL, vol. 13, no. 1, 1 April 2013 (2013-04-01), pages 170
CHANG C.-H. ET AL., PLOS ONE, vol. 7, no. 8, August 2012 (2012-08-01)
KEYHANFAR ET AL.: "Precise mapping of an IGF-I-binding site on the IGF-1R.", BIOCHEM J., vol. 401, no. 1, 2007, pages 269 - 277, XP002488045 *
See also references of EP2525820A4 *

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9862770B2 (en) 2005-10-19 2018-01-09 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multivalent antibody complexes targeting IGF-1R show potent toxicity against solid tumors
US9958456B2 (en) 2011-10-07 2018-05-01 Baxalta Incorporated OxMIF as a diagnostic marker
EP2785382A4 (en) * 2011-12-02 2015-11-25 Ibc Pharmaceuticals Inc Multivalent antibody complexes targeting igf-1r show potent toxicity against solid tumors
WO2013082254A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multivalent antibody complexes targeting igf-1r show potent toxicity against solid tumors
WO2013156473A1 (en) * 2012-04-16 2013-10-24 Baxter Healthcare S.A. Combination therapy of anti-mif antibodies and chemotherapeutics
EP3064221A1 (en) * 2012-04-16 2016-09-07 Baxalta GmbH Combination therapy of anti-mif antibodies and chemotherapeutics
US11529416B2 (en) 2012-09-07 2022-12-20 Kings College London Vista modulators for diagnosis and treatment of cancer
US11603403B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-03-14 Immunext, Inc. Anti-human vista antibodies and use thereof
US11525000B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-12-13 Immunext, Inc. Anti-human VISTA antibodies and use thereof
US11603402B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2023-03-14 Immunext, Inc. Anti-human vista antibodies and use thereof
US12139532B2 (en) 2017-04-17 2024-11-12 Immunext, Inc. Anti-human vista antibodies and use thereof
US11433148B2 (en) 2017-05-05 2022-09-06 Centre For Probe Development And Commercialization IGF-1R monoclonal antibodies and uses thereof
US11191854B2 (en) 2017-05-05 2021-12-07 Centre For Probe Development And Commercialization Pharmacokinetic enhancements of bifunctional chelates and uses thereof
WO2018204872A3 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-12-13 Fusion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Igf-1r monoclonal antibodies and uses thereof
US12006354B2 (en) 2017-05-24 2024-06-11 Novartis Ag Antibody-IL2 engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer
EP4134380A4 (en) * 2020-04-10 2024-05-29 Suzhou Pro-Heal Pharmaceuticals Technology Co., Ltd. Anti-igf-1r antibody and applications thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5786204B2 (en) 2015-09-30
AU2010343304B2 (en) 2013-06-20
IN2012DN05101A (en) 2015-10-23
CN102725000A (en) 2012-10-10
AU2010343304A1 (en) 2012-07-05
EP2525820B1 (en) 2016-05-11
EP2525820A1 (en) 2012-11-28
EP2525820A4 (en) 2013-08-21
EP3075390A1 (en) 2016-10-05
CA2787074A1 (en) 2011-07-28
JP2013516996A (en) 2013-05-16
CN102725000B (en) 2015-10-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10377829B2 (en) Isolated nucleic acid encoding an anti-IGF-1R antibody
AU2010343304B2 (en) Novel class of monospecific and bispecific humanized antibodies that target the insulin-like growth factor type I receptor (IGF-1R)
US10662252B2 (en) Disease therapy by inducing immune response to Trop-2 expressing cells
US10174114B2 (en) Humanized anti-HLA-DR antibodies
AU2009282830B2 (en) Dock-and-lock (DNL) vaccines for cancer therapy
EP3107577B1 (en) Disease therapy by inducing immune response to trop-2 expressing cells
US20170281767A1 (en) Combination therapy for inducing immune response to disease
EP2506881A1 (en) Combining radioimmunotherapy and antibody-drug conjugates for improved cancer therapy
AU2010286642A1 (en) Bispecific immunocytokine dock-and-lock (DNL) complexes and therapeutic use thereof
EP2785382B1 (en) Multivalent antibody complexes targeting igf-1r show potent toxicity against solid tumors
US8883162B2 (en) Multivalent antibody complexes targeting IGF-1R show potent toxicity against solid tumors
US20180079816A1 (en) Multivalent Antibody Complexes Targeting IGF-1R Show Potent Toxicity Against Solid Tumors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201080061420.0

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10844115

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010343304

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 5101/DELNP/2012

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010844115

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2010343304

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20100312

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2787074

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012549978

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE